-
21 HAFA
* * *(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);hafa elda, to keep up a five;2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;5) to have, hold, maintain;hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;hafa heilindi, to have good health;6) to bring, carry;hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;7) to take, carry off;troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;8) to get, gain, win;hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;hafa tafl, to win the game;hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;hafa sigr, to be worsted;hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;hafa sik vel, to behave;hafa vel, to be well off or happy;hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;later with indecl. neut. pp.;hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;14) with preps.:hafa e-t at, to do, act;hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;hafa sik við, to exert oneself;hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;15) refl., hafast.* * *pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.II. to hold:1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.6. with prepp. or infin.,α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.2. with prepp.:α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, thatα. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq. -
22 ὡς
ὡς:—Summary:A as ADVERB of Manner.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.Ad ὡς temporal, when.Ae ὡς Local, where,B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.C, D various usages.A ADVERB of Manner:Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced byὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
:ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
;οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.2 like as, just as,ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
;τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., ; ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.II with Adverbial clauses:1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65;ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) (lyr.); soὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
andὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
;ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases asοὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also withἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
;ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
;ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.III with Adverbs:a with the Posit., truly,Pl.
Phdr. 234e (cf.ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2;ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
;ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32;ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as ;ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
;ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
;μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
;ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
;βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.;ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.2 with Adjs.,a Posit.,ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.b with [comp] Sup.,ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
;ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
;ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.c separated from the Adj. by a Prep.,ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246;ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
;ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a;ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.;οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
;ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; alsoὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
;Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated,ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως inὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
,ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf.ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36;ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.IV Causal, since, because.I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions inὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.2 with Verbs of feeling,χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
;ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
;τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
;ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
;[νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.
2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf.ἵνα B. 1.3
,ὅπως B. 1.3
.3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so withoutὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
;οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
;ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
;μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf.ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.C [full] ὡς beforeI Participles;II Prepositions; andIII ὡς itself as a Preposition.I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; , etc.;δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
;ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions,παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
;ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing,ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ; ; , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώταὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
;πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
;τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; alsoὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
;ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22;ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ;ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; (troch.).II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
;ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ;ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.2 joined with other words of wishing,ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
;ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. .F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.ἵνα B.11.3c
.2 know that (sc. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ; , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also .3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) , cf. 79;ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb,ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς followsἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; alsoὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).G [full] ὡς pleonast. inὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
. -
23 AF
of* * *prep. w. dat.I. Of place:1) off, from;G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;land af landi, from one land to the other;hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;2) out of;verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.II. Of time; past, beyond:af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.III. In various other relations:1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;2) off, of;höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;3) of, among;hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;4) with;hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;5) of (= ór which is more frequent);húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;8) by, of (after passive);ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;9) on account of, by reason of, by;úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;af ástæld hans, by his popularity;af því, therefore;af hví, wherefor why;af því at, because;10) by means of, by;framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;af sínu fé, by one’s own means;absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;11) with adjectives, in regard to;mildr af fé, liberal of money;góðr af griðum, merciful;fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;12) used absol. with a verb, off away;hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.* * *prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.A. Loc.I. With motion, off, from:1. prop. corresp. to á,α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).II. WITHOUT MOTION:1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.C. In various other relations:I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.2. where an object is taken by force:α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words. -
24 BÚA
(bý; bjó, bjoggum or bjuggum; búinn), v.1) to prepare, make ready;búa skip í för, to make a ship ready for a voyage;búa ferð sína, to make ready for a journey (voyage);búa veizlu, to prepare (make preparations) for a feast;búa mál á hendr e-m, to take out a summons against one, be in a lawsuit;2) to dress, attire, adorn, ornament;bjó hón hana sem hón kunni bezt, she dressed her as well as she could;sá þeir konur vel búnar, well dressed;búa beð, rekkju, to make a bed;búa öndvegi, hús, to make a high seat, adorn a house (for a feast);öll umgjörðin var búin gulli ok silfri, adorned (mounted) with gold and silver;vápn búit mjök, much ornamented;4) to deal with, to treat;þeir bjuggu búi sem þeim líkaði, they treated it as they liked, viz. recklessly;Haraldr bjó heldr úsparliga kornum Sveins, used S.’s stores rather unsparingly;5) to live, dwell (búa í tjöldum);þeir bjuggu þar um nóttina, they stayed there during the night;sá maðr bjó á skipi (had his berth) næst Haraldi;6) to have a household (cattle, sheep, and milk);meðan þú vilt búa, as long as thou will keep house;búa á or at, with the name of the place added in dat., to live at or in (hann bjó á Velli; Gunnar bjó at Hlíðarenda);búa í skapi, brjósti e-m, to be, dwell in one’s mind (eigi býr þér lítit í skapi);sýnandi þá hjartaliga gleði, er í brjósti býr, that fills the breast;8) to behave, conduct onself (bjuggu þeir þar fremr úfriðliga);9) with preps.:búa af e-u, to lose;láta e-n af baugum búa, to let him be deprived of his riches;búa at e-u, to treat, = búa e-u (cf. 4);þeir höfðu spurt hvern veg Þórólfr hafði búit at herbergjum þeirra, how Th. had treated their premises;búa e-t fyrir, to prepare (þeir hlutir, er guð hefir fyrir búit sínum ástvinum);búa fyrir, to be present (hann ætlar, at Selþórir muni fyrir búa í hverju holti);búa hjá konu, to lie with a woman;búa í e-u, to be at the bottom of, = búa undir e-u (en í þessu vináttumerki bjuggu enn fleiri hlutir);búa með e-m or e-rri, to cohabit with;búa með konu, to lie with;búa saman, to live together (as husband and wife, as friends); to have a common household (ef menn búa saman);búa e-t til, to prepare, take the preparatory steps in a case (búa sök, mál, vígsmál til, cf. 1);búa til veizlu, to prepare for a feast;búa til seyðis, to get the fire ready for cooking;búa til vetrsetu, to make preparations for a winter abode;búa um e-n, to make one’s bed (var búit um þá Þórodd á seti ok lögðust þeir til svefns);Þórólfr lét setja upp skip sitt ok um búa, he had his ship laid up and fenced round;kváðu nú Guðrúnu eiga at búa um rauða skör Bolla, said that G. would have to dress B.’s (her husband’s) bloody head;búa um andvirki, to fence and thatch hayricks;at búa svá um, at aldri mátti vökna, to pack it up so that it could not get wet;búa svá um, at (with subj.), to arrange it so, that;búa eigi um heilt við e-n, to be plotting something against one;búa um nökkurn skoll, to brood over some mischief (deceit);búa um grun, to be suspicious;búa um hverfan hug, to be fickleminded;gott er um öruggt at búa, to be in a safe position;búa undir e-u, to be subject to, suffer, endure (hart mun þykkja undir at búa);eiga undir slíkum ofsa at búa, to have to put up with such insolence; to be the (hidden) reason of, to be at the bottom of (þat bjó þar undir, at hann vildi taka ríkit undir sik);þér vitið gørst, hvat yðr býr undir (what reason you have) at girnast eina útlenda mey;búa e-n veg við e-n, to behave or act so and so towards one;sárt býr þú nú við mik, Þóra, thou treatest me sorely;búa við e-t, to enjoy (þú býr við eilífa ást ok bíðr eilífra ömbuna); to submit to, put up with;ok mun eigi við þat mega búa, it will be too hard to bide;búa yfir e-u, to hide, conceal;framhlutr ormsins býr yfir eitri, is venomous;lítill búkr býr yfir miklu viti, little body holds mickle wit;búa yfir brögðum, flærð ok vélum, to brood over tricks, falsehood, and deceit;10) refl., búast.* * *pret. sing. bjó, 2nd pers. bjótt, mod. bjóst; plur. bjoggu, bjöggu, and mod. bjuggu, or even buggu; sup. búit, búið, and (rarely) contr. búð; part. búinn; pret. subj. bjöggi, mod. byggi or bjyggi; pres. sing. indic. bý; pl. búm, mod. búum: reflex. forms býsk or býst, bjósk or bjóst, bjöggusk, búisk, etc.: poët. forms with suffixed negative bjó-at, Skv. 3. 39: an obsolete pret. bjoggi = bjó, Fms. ix. 440 (in a verse); bjöggisk = bjósk, Hom. 118. [Búa is originally a reduplicated and contracted verb answering to Goth. búan, of which the pret. may have been baibau: by bûan Ulf. renders Gr. οικειν, κατοικειν; Hel. bûan = habitare; Germ. bauen; Swed. and Dan. bo. The Icel. distinguishes between the strong neut. and originally redupl. verb búa, and the transit. and weak byggja, q. v.: búa seems to be kindred to Gr. φύω, εφυσα (cp. Sansk. bhû, bhavâmi, Lat. fui); byggja to Lat. făcio, cp. Swed.-Dan. bygga, Scot. and North. E. to ‘big,’ i. e. to build; cp. Lat. aedificare, nidificare: again, the coincidence in sense with the Gr. οικος, οικειν, Lat. vicus, is no less striking, cp. the references s. v. bú above. Búa, as a root word, is one of the most interesting words in the Scandin. tongues; bú, bær, bygg, bygð, byggja, etc., all belong to this family: it survives in the North. E. word to ‘big,’ in the Germ. bauen ( to till), and possibly (v. above) in the auxiliary verb ‘to be.’]A. NEUTER, to live, abide, dwell, = Gr. οικειν, Lat. habitare; sú synd sem í mér býr, Rom. vii. 17, 20; í mér, þat er í mínu holdi, býr ekki gott, 18; hann sem býr í ljósinu, 1 Tim. vi. 16; fyrir Heilagan Anda sem í oss býr, 2 Tim. i. 14; Látið Christs orð ríkulega búa meðal yðar, Col. iii. 16; þá trú … sem áðr fyr bjó í þinni ömmu Loide, 2 Tim. i. 5; þat hit góða sem í oss býr, 14; hann sem býr í ljósinu, þar einginn kann til að komast, 1 Tim. vi. 16; hence íbúð, living in, etc.; in many of those passages some Edd. of N. T. use byggja, but búa suits better: of a temporary abode, hann bjó í tjöldum, he abode in tents, Fms. x. 413.2. a naut. term; þeir bjuggu þar um nóttina, they stayed, cast anchor during the night, Fms. vii. 3: on board ship, to have one’s berth, sá maðr bjó á skipi næst Haraldi er hét Loðinn, 166; engi maðr skyldi búa á þessu skipi yngri en tvítugr, x. 321.3. to live together as man and wife; henni hagar að b. við hann, 1 Cor. vii. 12; hagar honum hjá henni að b., 13; b. með húsfrú sinni, Stj. 47; b. við; Helgi prestr bjó við konu þá, er Þórdís hét (of concubinage), Sturl. i. 141; but búa saman, of wedded life, K. Á. 134.4. b. fyrir, to be present in the place: at Selþórir muni fyrir b. í hverju holti, Fms. iv. 260: recipr., sjór ok skúgr bjoggusk í grend, Skálda 202, Baruch.5. esp. (v. bú) to have a household, cattle, sheep, and milk; hence búandi, bóndi, bær, and bú; búa við málnytu ( milk), ok hafa kýr ok ær at búi, Nj. 236, Grág. i. 168, 335; b. búi (dat.), 153, K. Þ. K. 90; búa búi sínu, to ‘big ane’s ain biggin,’ have one’s own homestead.β. absol., meðan þú vilt b., so long as thou wilt keep bouse, Hrafn. 9; b. vel, illa, to be a good (bad) housekeeper; vænt er að kunna vel að búa, Bb. 3. 1; Salomon kóngur kunni að b., 100; fara að b., to begin housekeeping, 2. 6; b. á jörðu, to keep a farm, gefa þeim óðul sín er á bjoggu, Fms. i. 21.γ. búa á …, at …, i …, with the name of the place added, to live at or in a place; hann bjó á Velli (the farm) á Rangárvöllum (the county), Nj. 1; Höskuldr bjó á Höskuldstöðum, 2: hann bjó at Varmalæk, 22; hann bjó undir Felli, 16; Gunnarr bjó at Hlíðarenda, 29; Njáll bjó at Bergþórshváli, 30, 38, 147, 162, 164, 173, 174, 213, Landn. 39–41, and in numberless passages; Eb., Ld., Eg., Sturl., Bs., Ísl. ii, etc. (very freq.): also b. í brjósti, skapi, huga e-m, to be, dwell in one’s mind, with the notion of rooted conviction or determination, þess hins mikla áhuga, er þér býr í brjósti, Fms. iv. 80; því er mér hefir lengi í skapi búit, 78; ekki muntu leynask fyrir mér, veit ek hvat í býr skapinu, Lv. 16.II. metaph. and with prepp.; b. um e-t, or b. yfir e-u, almost in an uncanny sense, to brood over hidden schemes, designs, resentment, or the like; búa um hverfan hug, to be of a fickle mind, Skv. 3. 39; b. eigi um heilt, to brood over something against one, to be insincere, Fms. xi. 365; b. um skoll, to brood over some deceit, id.; b. um grun, to be suspicious, ii. 87: in good sense, b. um eitt lunderni, to be of one mind, Jb. 17; b. um þrek, hug, to have a bold heart, Lex. Poët.: b. í or undir e-u, to be at the bottom of a thing; en í þessu vináttu merki bjoggu enn fleiri hlutir, Ó. H. 125; mart býr í þokunni (a proverb), many things bide in the mist; en þat b. mest undir ferð Áka, at …, Fms. xi. 45; þóttusk eigi vita hvat undir myndi b., Nj. 62: b. yfir e-u, to brood over something, conceal; (ormrinn) bjó yfir eitri, i. e. the snake was venomous, Fms. vi. 351: the saying, lítill búkr býr yfir miklu viti, little bulk hides mickle wit, Al.; b. yfir flærð ok vélum, to brood over falsehood and deceit, id.; b. yfir brögðum, Fas. i. 290: b. undir, við e-t, to live under or with a thing, to bide, put up with; eiga undir slíkum ofsa at b., to have to put up with such insolence, Fms. xi. 248; at hart mun þykkja undir at b., Nj. 90, 101; ok mun eigi við þat mega b., i. e. it will be too hard to bide, 164; því at bændr máttu eigi við hitt b., Fms. xi. 224.III. in a half active sense; b. at e-u, or b. e-u (with dat.), to treat; þeir höfðu spurt hvern veg Þórólfr hafði búit at herbergjum þeirra, how Th. had used their premises, Eg. 85; þeir bjoggu búi sem þeim líkaði (where with dat.), i. e. they treated it recklessly, Bs. i. 544; Haraldr jarl fór til bús Sveins, ok bjó þá heldr úspakliga kornum hans, Orkn. 424 (in all passages in bad sense): búa vel saman, to live well together, be friendly, Fms. xi. 312; hence sam-búð, living together; b. við e-n, to treat one so and so; sárt býr þú við mik, Þóra, thou treatest me sorely, vii. 203.B. ACTIVE, to make ready: the sense and form here reminds one of the Gr. ποιειν: [this sense is much used in Old Engl., esp. the part. bone, boon, or boun, ready, (‘boun to go,’ Chaucer, etc.); in later Engl. ‘boun’ was corrupted into ‘bound,’ in such naut. phrases as bound for a port, etc.: from this part, the ballad writers formed a fresh verb, to boun, ‘busk ye, boun ye;’ ‘busk’ is a remnant of the old reflex, búask, see Dasent, Burnt Njal, pref. xvi. note, and cp. below III.]I. to make ready, ‘boun,’ for a journey; b. ferð, för sína; and as a naut. term, b. skip, to make ready for sea; bjoggu þeir ferð sína, Fms. ix. 453; en er þeir vóru búnir, Nj. 122; ok vóru þá mjök brott búnir, they were ‘boun’ for sea, Fms. vii. 101; bjó hann skip sitt, Nj. 128; en skip er brotið, svá at eigi er í för búanda á því sumri, i. e. ship unfit to go to sea, Grág. i. 92; b. sik til göngu, to be ‘boun’ for a walk, Ld. 46; b. sik at keyra, to make one ready for …, Nj. 91.β. as a law term, b. sök, mál, or adding til, b. til sök, mál á hendr e-m, to take out a summons against one, begin a lawsuit; b. mál í dóm, of the preliminaries to a lawsuit, hence málatilbúningr, in numberless cases in the Grágás and Sagas.γ. generally to prepare, make; b. smyrsl, to make ointments, Rb. 82.2. = Old Engl. to boun, i. e. to dress, equip; b. sik, to dress; svá búinn, so dressed, Fms. xi. 272; hence búningr, dress (freq.); vel búinn, well-dressed, Nj. 3, Ísl. ii. 434; spari-búinn, in holiday dress; illa búinn, ill-dressed; síðan bjó hon hana sem hon kunni, she dressed her as well as she could, Finnb. 258; b. beð, rekkjur, to make a bed, Eg. 236; b. upp hvílur, id., Nj. 168; b. öndvegi, hús, to make a high seat, dress a house for a feast, 175, (hús-búnaðr, hús-búningr, tapestry); búa borð, to dress the table, (borð búnaðr, table-service); b. stofu, Fms. iv. 75.β. búa til veizlu, to make ‘boun’ ( prepare) for a feast, Eg. 38, Fms. vii. 307; b. til seyðis, to make the fire ‘boun’ for cooking, Nj. 199; b. til vetrsetu, to make ‘boun’ for a winter abode, Fms. x. 42; til-búa, and fyrir-b., to prepare; eg fer héðan að til-b. yðr stað, John xiv. 3; eignizt það ríki sem yðr var til-búið frá upphafi veraldar, Matth. xxv. 34.γ. b. um e-t, in mod. use with the notion of packing up, to make into a bundle, of parcels, letters, etc.; hence um-búningr and um-búðir, a packing, packing-cover; b. um rúm, hvílu, to make a bed; búa um e-n, to make one’s bed; var búið um þá Þórodd í seti, ok lögðusk þeir til svefns, Th.’s bed was made on the benches, and they went to sleep, Ó. H. 153; skaltú nú sjá hvar vit leggumk niðr, ok hversu ek bý um okkr (of the dying Njal), Nj. 701; er mér sagt at hann hafi illa um búit, of a dead body, 51; þeir höfðu (svá) um sik búit ( they had covered themselves so) at þá mátti eigi sjá, 261; kváðu nú Guðrúnu eiga at búa um rauða skör Bolla, said that G. would have to comb B.’s (her husband’s) bloody head, Ld. 244; búa svá um at aldri mátti vökna, pack it up so that it cannot get wet, Fms. vii. 225; Þórólfr lét setja upp skip ok um búa, he had the ship laid up and fenced it round (for the winter), Eg. 199; b. um andvirki, to fence and thatch bay-ricks, Grág. ii. 335: metaph. to manage, preserve a thing, Fms. ix. 52; aumlega búinn, in a piteous state, Hom. 115.3. to ornament, esp. with metals or artificial work of any kind, of clothes laced with gold; kyrtill hlaðbúinn, Ísl. ii. 434, Nj. 48, Vm. 129: of gloves, B. K. 84: of a belt with stones or artificial work, Fms. xi. 271: of a drinking-horn, D. N. (Fr.); but esp. of a weapon, sword, or the like, enamelled with gold or silver (gull-búinn, silfr-búinn); búin gulli ok silfri, Fms. i. 15; búinn knífr, xi. 271; vápn búit mjök, much ornamented, ii. 255, iv. 77, 130, Eb. 226, 228.β. part., búinn at e-u, or vel búinn, metaph. endowed with, well endowed; at flestum í þróttum vel búinn, Nj. 61, Fms. x. 295; at auð vel búinn, wealthy, 410; vel búinn at hreysti ok allri atgörvi, Eg. 82; bezt at viti búinn, Fms. xi. 51.II. particular use of the part. pass, ‘boun,’ ready, willing; margir munu búnir at kaupa, ready, willing to buy, Fms. vi. 218; hann kvaðsk þess fyrir löngu búinn, Ld. 66, Fms. iii. 123; nefna vátta at þeir eru búnir ( ready) at leysa kvið þann af hendi, Grág. i. 54; vóru allir til þess búnir, Fms. xi. 360: compar., engir menn sýna sik búnari ( more willing) til liðveizlu, Sturl. i. 103: the allit. phrase, vera boðinn og búinn til e-s, vide bjóða VI: denoting fitted, adapted, ek em gamall, ok lítt b. at ( little fit to) hefna sona minna, Nj. 200; þótt ek sé verr til b. en hann fyrir vanheilsu sakir, Fms. vii. 275; eiga við búið (mod. vera við búinn), to keep oneself ready, to be on one’s guard, Bs. i. 537.2. on the point of doing, about to do so and so; hann var búinn til falls, he was just about to tumble, Fms. x. 314; en áðr þeir kómu var búið til hins mesta váða, ix. 444, v. l.β. neut. búið is used almost adverbially, on the point of, just about to; ok búið við skipbroti, Ísl. ii. 245; búið við váða miklum, Fms. ix. 310; sagði at þá var búit við geig mikinn með þeim feðgum, Eg. 158: this is rare and obsolete in mod. usage; and the Icel. now say, liggja við mér lá við að detta, where an old writer would have said, ek var búinn at detta; the sense would else be ambiguous, as búinn, vera búinn, in mod. usage means to have done; ég er búinn að eta, I have done eating; vera búinn að e-u (a work, business of any kind), to have done with it; also absol., eg er búinn, I have done; thus e. g. vera b. að kaupa, fyrir löngu b., b. at græða, leysa, etc., in mod. sense means to have done, done long ago; only by adding prepp. við, til (vera við búinn, til búinn) the part. resumes its old sense: on the other hand, búinn in the sense of having done hardly ever occurs in old writers.γ. búð (búið) is even used adverbially = may be, may happen; with subj. with or without ‘at,’ búð, svá sé til ætlað, may be, it will come so to happen, Nj. 114; búð, dragi til þess sem vera vill, 185; búð, eigi fari fjarri því sem þú gazt til, id., Ed. Johns. 508, note c; búð, svá þykki sem ek grípa gulli við þá, 9, note 3; búð, eigi hendi hann slík úgipta annat sinn, 42; búð, ek láta annars víti at varnaði verða, 106; búð, vér þurfim enn hlífanna, Sturl. ii. 137 (vellum MSS.; um ríð, Ed., quite without sense), cp. also Eb. 27 new Ed.: in mod. usage it is freq. to say, það er búið, vel búið, albúið, etc., it is likely, most likely that …δ. svá búit, adverbially, and proncd. as if one word, as matters stand, or even temp. at present, as yet; eigi mun hlýða svá búit, i. e. it will not do ‘so done,’ i. e. something else must be done, Eg. 507; eigi munu þér fá at unnit svá búið, i. e. not as yet, Fms. vii. 270; stendr þar nú svá búit (i. e. unchanged), um hríð, xi. 81; en berjask eigi svo búit, not fight as yet, Nj. 229; segja Eyjólfi til svá búins, they tell Eyolf the state of things, viz. that nothing had been done, Gísl. 41; þeir skildu við svá búit; þeir lögðu frá við svá búið, implying ‘vain effort,’ Germ. ‘unverrichteter Sache,’ Ísl. ii, Hkr. i. 340: at svá búnu, adverbially, as yet, at present; hann kvaðsk eigi fýsask til Íslands at svá búnu, Nj. 123, Fms. xi. 131; þenna draum segjum vér engum manni at svá búnu, this dream we will not tell to anybody as yet, Nj. 212; en at svá búnu tjár ekki, Fas. i. 364.III. reflex. to ‘boun’ or ‘busk’ oneself, make oneself ready, equip oneself; gengu menn þá á skip sín, ok bjoggusk sem hvatligast, Fms. v. 15: adding the infinitive of a verb as predicate, bjósk hann at fara norðr til Þrandheims, Eg. 18; or ellipt., where búask thus denotes the act itself, nú býsk hann út til Íslands, i. e. he ‘busked’ him to go …, Nj. 10; bjoggusk þeir fóstbræðr í hernað, they went on a free-booting trip, Landn. 31; seg Agli at þeir búisk þaðan fimmtán, 94: or adding another verb denoting the act, in the same tense, bjósk Haraldr konungr úr Þrándheimi með skipaliði, ok fór suðr á Mæri, he ‘busked’ him … and went south, Eg. 7; the journey added in gen., búask ferðar sinnar, Fms. i. 3; búask menn ferða sinna, Ld. 177.β. denoting intention, hidden or not put into action; fór sá kurr, at Skúli byggisk á land upp, Fms. ix. 483.2. to prepare for a thing; búask við boði, veizlu, etc., Nj. 10, Korm. 10; b. (vel, kristilega) við dauða sínum, andláti sínu, (eccl.) to prepare for one’s death, Fs. 80, Bs. i. 74; búask við vetri, to provide for the winter, get store in, Fms. xi. 415; b. við úfriði, vii. 23.β. to be on one’s guard, take steps to prevent a thing; nú ríða hér úvinir þínir at þér; skaltu svá við búask, i. e. be sure of that, make up thy mind, Nj. 264; bústu svá við, skal hann kveða, at …, Grág. ii. 244.γ. such phrases as, búask um = búa um sik, to make one’s own bed, encamp, make oneself comfortable, Nj. 259; tjölduðu búðir ok bjöggusk vel um, 219; var hörð veðrátta, svá at ekki mátti úti um búask, Fms. x. 13. Ld. 348; in the last passage the verb is deponent.3. metaph., b. við e-u, to expect, freq. in mod. usage; in phrases, það er ekki við að búast, it cannot be expected; búast við e-m, to expect a guest, or the like.β. to intend, think about; eg býst við að koma, I hope to come; eg bjóst aldrei við því, I never hoped for that, it never entered my mind, and in numberless cases.4. passive (very rare and not classical); um kveldit er matr bjósk = er m. var búinn, Fms. ix. 364. -
25 time
1. noun1) (the hour of the day: What time is it?; Can your child tell the time yet?) hora2) (the passage of days, years, events etc: time and space; Time will tell.) tiempo3) (a point at which, or period during which, something happens: at the time of his wedding; breakfast-time.) momento; hora4) (the quantity of minutes, hours, days etc, eg spent in, or available for, a particular activity etc: This won't take much time to do; I enjoyed the time I spent in Paris; At the end of the exam, the supervisor called `Your time is up!') tiempo5) (a suitable moment or period: Now is the time to ask him.) momento6) (one of a number occasions: He's been to France four times.) vez7) (a period characterized by a particular quality in a person's life, experience etc: He went through an unhappy time when she died; We had some good times together.) época, período; momentos8) (the speed at which a piece of music should be played; tempo: in slow time.) tempo
2. verb1) (to measure the time taken by (a happening, event etc) or by (a person, in doing something): He timed the journey.) cronometrar2) (to choose a particular time for: You timed your arrival beautifully!) escoger el momento de/para•- timeless- timelessly
- timelessness
- timely
- timeliness
- timer
- times
- timing
- time bomb
- time-consuming
- time limit
- time off
- time out
- timetable
- all in good time
- all the time
- at times
- be behind time
- for the time being
- from time to time
- in good time
- in time
- no time at all
- no time
- one
- two at a time
- on time
- save
- waste time
- take one's time
- time and time again
- time and again
time1 n1. tiempowhat do you do in your free time? ¿qué haces en tu tiempo libre?2. vezhow many times have you been to Italy? ¿cuántas veces has estado en Italia?3. horawhat time is it? ¿qué hora es?all the time todo el tiempo / constantementefor the time being por el momento / de momentoit's time... es hora de que...time2 vb calcular el tiempo / cronometrartr[taɪm]1 (period) tiempo2 (short period) rato3 (of day) hora■ what time is it? qué hora es?■ this time next week, we'll be on the beach la semana que viene a esta hora, estaremos en la playa■ by the time he gets here, it'll be time to go home cuando llegue él, será la hora de volver a casa4 (age, period, season) época5 (occasion) vez nombre femenino■ how many times have you been to London? ¿cuántas veces has estado en Londres?■ the last time I saw her,... la última vez que la vi,...6 (suitable moment) momento7 SMALLMUSIC/SMALL compás nombre masculino8 SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL la hora de cerrar■ time now please! ¡hora de cerrar!9 familiar (imprisonment) condena1 (measure time) medir la duración de, calcular; (races, etc) cronometrar2 (schedule) estar previsto,-a■ the bomb was timed to explode during the parade la bomba estaba preparada para explotar durante el desfile1 veces nombre femenino plural■ 4 times 5 is 20 4 por 5 son 20, 4 veces 5 son 20\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL(and) about time ya era horaall the time todo el rato, todo el tiempoat all times siempreat any time en cualquier momentoat no time nuncaat one time en un tiempoat the same time al mismo tiempoat the time / at that time entoncesat times a vecesbehind the times anticuado,-abehind time tardefor the time being de momentofrom time to time de vez en cuandoin no time (at all) en seguidain time to the music al compás de la músicamany a time a menudonot to give somebody the time of day no darle a alguien ni la horaon time puntualone/two/three at a time de uno en uno/de dos en dos/de tres en trestime after time una y otra veztime's up se acabó el tiempo, ya es la horato beat time marcar el compásto be ahead of one's time adelantarse a su épocato be badly/well timed (remark) ser inoportuno,-a/oportuno,-ato give somebody a hard time ponérselo difícil a alguien, hacérselo pasar mal a alguiento have a bad time pasarlas negrasto have a good time pasarlo biento have a lot of time for somebody caerle bien alguien a unoto have no time for somebody/something no soportar a alguien/algo, no tener tiempo para alguien/algoto keep up with the times estar al díato move with the times estar al díatime and motion study estudio de productividadtime bomb bomba de relojeríatime limit límite nombre masculino de tiempo, plazo límitetime off tiempo libretime out descansotime warp salto en el tiempotime zone huso horario1) schedule: fijar la hora de, calcular el momento oportuno para2) clock: cronometrar, medir el tiempo de (una competencia, etc.)time n1) : tiempo mthe passing of time: el paso del tiemposhe doesn't have time: no tiene tiempo2) moment: tiempo m, momento mthis is not the time to bring it up: no es el momento de sacar el tema3) : vez fshe called you three times: te llamó tres vecesthree times greater: tres veces mayor4) age: tiempo m, era fin your grandparents' time: en el tiempo de tus abuelos5) tempo: tiempo m, ritmo m (en música)6) : hora fwhat time is it?: ¿qué hora es?at the usual time: a la hora acostumbradato keep time: ir a la horato lose time: atrasar7) experience: rato m, experiencia fwe had a nice time together: pasamos juntos un rato agradableto have a rough time: pasarlo malhave a good time!: ¡que se diviertan!8)at times sometimes: a veces9)for the time being : por el momento, de momentofrom time to time occasionally: de vez en cuandoin time punctually: a tiempoin time eventually: con el tiempotime after time : una y otra vezadj.• a plazos adj.• de tiempo adj.• del tiempo adj.• horario, -a adj.n.• duración s.f.• edad s.f.• espera s.f.• hora s.f.• plazo s.m.• tempo s.m.• tiempo s.m.• vez s.f.• época s.f.v.• cronometrar v.• regular v.• tomar los tiempos (Deporte) v.
I taɪm1) noun2) u (past, present, future) tiempo mas time goes by o passes — a medida que pasa el tiempo, con el paso or el correr del tiempo
at this point o moment in time — en este momento, en el momento presente
time and tide wait for no man — el tiempo pasa inexorablemente; (before n) < travel> en el tiempo
time machine — máquina f del tiempo
3) u (time available, necessary for something) tiempo mcould I have five minutes of your time? — ¿podría concederme cinco minutos?
to make time for something — hacer(se)* or encontrar* tiempo para algo
to make time — ( hurry) (AmE colloq) darse* prisa, apurarse (AmL)
I spend all my time reading/thinking — me paso todo el tiempo leyendo/pensando
it takes time to get used to the climate — lleva or toma tiempo acostumbrarse al clima
it's worth taking a little extra time over the job — vale la pena dedicarle un poco más de tiempo al trabajo
to take one's time: just take your time tómate todo el tiempo que necesites or quieras; you took your time! cómo has tardado!; to buy time ganar tiempo; to have a lot of/no time for somebody/something: I have no time for people like her no soporto a la gente como ella; I've got a lot of time for him me cae muy bien; to have time on one's hands: I had time on my hands me sobraba el tiempo; to play for time — tratar de ganar tiempo
they lived in Paris for a time/for a long time — vivieron un tiempo/mucho tiempo or muchos años en París
long time no see! — (colloq) tanto tiempo (sin verte)!
some time later they moved to Brussels — (un) tiempo después se mudaron a Bruselas, tras cierto tiempo se mudaron a Bruselas
for some considerable time o for quite some time now there have been rumors that... — hace ya bastante tiempo que se rumorea que...
in an hour's/three months'/ten years' time — dentro de una horaes meses/diez años
cooking time — tiempo m de cocción
your time's up — se te (or les etc) ha acabado el tiempo
for the time being — por el momento, de momento
to serve o (colloq) do time — cumplir una condena, estar* a la sombra (fam)
5) (in phrases)all the time — ( constantly) constantemente; ( the whole period) todo el tiempo
in time — ( early enough) a tiempo; ( eventually) con el tiempo
all in good time — cada cosa a su tiempo, todo a su debido tiempo
in no time (at all) — rapidísimo, en un abrir y cerrar de ojos, en un santiamén
6) u ( airtime) (Rad, TV) espacio m7) u c (for journey, race, task) tiempo mwhat's your fastest time over 400m? — ¿cuál es tu mejor tiempo or marca en los 400 metros?
8) u ( with respect to work)to take o (BrE also) have time off — tomarse tiempo libre
9)a) c (epoch, age) (often pl) época f, tiempo mat one time — en una época or un tiempo, en otros tiempos
in times of crisis — en épocas or tiempos de crisis
in Tudor times — en la época de los Tudor, en tiempos de los Tudor
there was a time when o time was when... — hubo un tiempo cuando...
in times to come — en el futuro, en tiempos venideros
to be ahead of one's time: he's ahead/he was ahead of his time se ha adelantado/se adelantó a su época; to be behind the times \<\<ideas\>\> ser* anticuado, estar* desfasado; \<\<person\>\> estar* atrasado de noticias (fam); to keep up with o abreast of the times — mantenerse* al día
b) u ( with respect to a person's life)that was before your time — eso fue antes de que tú nacieras (or empezaras a trabajar aquí etc)
I've seen some funny things in my time but... — he visto cosas raras en mi vida pero...
10)a) u ( by clock) hora fwhat's the time?, what time is it? — ¿qué hora es?
do you have the time? — ¿tienes hora?
the time is ten minutes to ten — son las diez menos diez minutos, son diez para las diez (AmL exc RPl)
to be able to tell the time o (AmE also) tell time — saber* (decir) la hora
British Summer Time — horario m de verano
Eastern Standard Time — ( in US) hora f de la costa atlántica
not to give somebody the time of day — no darle* a algn ni la hora
to pass the time of day (with somebody): now she never even passes the time of day with me ahora ni siquiera me saluda; we passed the time of day charlamos un ratito; (before n) time switch temporizador m; time zone — huso m horario
b) c u ( of event) hora fdo you know the times of the trains? — ¿sabes el horario de los trenes?
time FOR something/to + INF: we have to arrange a time for the next meeting tenemos que fijar una fecha y hora para la próxima reunión; is it time to go yet? ¿ya es hora de irse?; it's time you left o you were leaving es hora de que te vayas; at breakfast time — a la hora del desayuno
11) c ( point in time)at the present/this particular time — en este momento/este preciso momento
by that o this time we were really worried — para entonces ya estábamos preocupadísimos
from that time on — a partir de entonces, desde entonces
it's high time somebody did something — ya es hora or ya va siendo hora de que alguien haga algo
she's resigned, and not before time — ha renunciado, y ya era hora
my/her time has come — me/le ha llegado el momento
to die before one's time — morir* tempranamente or prematuramente
12) c (instance, occasion) vez fI've been there many a time o many times — he estado allí en numerosas ocasiones or muchas veces
nine times out of ten — en el noventa por ciento de los casos, la gran mayoría de las veces
let's leave it for another o some other time — dejémoslo para otro momento
you paid (the) last time — la última vez or la otra vez pagaste tú
for the last time: no! — por última vez no!
let's try one more time — probemos otra vez or una vez más
13) (in phrases)about time: it's about time someone told him ya es hora or ya va siendo hora de que alguien se lo diga; I've finished - and about time too! he terminado - ya era hora!; ahead of time: the first stage was completed ahead of time la primera fase se terminó antes de tiempo; any time: come any time ven cuando quieras or en cualquier momento; call me any time between nine and eleven llámame a cualquier hora entre las nueve y las once; I'd rather work for Mary any time yo prefiero trabajar para Mary, toda la vida (y cien años más); they should be here any time (now) en cualquier momento llegan, deben de estar por llegar de un momento al otro; at a time: four at a time de cuatro en cuatro or (AmL tb) de a cuatro; one at a time! de a uno!, uno por uno! or uno por vez!; I can only do one thing at a time sólo puedo hacer una cosa a la or por vez; for months at a time durante meses enteros; at the same time ( simultaneously) al mismo tiempo; ( however) (as linker) al mismo tiempo, de todas formas; at times a veces; at this time (AmE) ahora, en este momento; every time: I make the same mistake every time! siempre cometo el mismo error!; gin or whisky? - give me whisky every time! ¿ginebra or whisky? - para mí whisky, toda la vida; every o each time (as conj) ( whenever) cada vez; from time to time de vez en cuando; on time ( on schedule): the buses hardly ever run on time los autobuses casi nunca pasan a su hora or puntualmente; she's never on time nunca llega temprano, siempre llega tarde; time after time o time and (time) again — una y otra vez
14) c ( experience)to have a good/bad/hard time — pasarlo bien/mal/muy mal
have a good time! — que te diviertas (or que se diviertan etc)!, que lo pases (or pasen etc) bien!
don't give me a hard time — (esp AmE) no me mortifiques
thank you for a lovely time — gracias por todo, lo hemos pasado estupendamente
15) u ( Mus) compás mout of time — descompasado, fuera de compás
to beat/keep time — marcar*/seguir* el compás
to mark time — ( march on the spot) marcar* el paso; ( make no progress) hacer* tiempo; (before n)
time signature — llave f de tiempo
it's four times bigger — es cuatro veces más grande; (before n)
times table — tabla f de multiplicar
II
a) ( Sport) cronometrarb) ( choose time of)the demonstration was timeed to coincide with his arrival — la hora de la manifestación estaba calculada para coincidir con su llegada
[taɪm]his shot was badly timed — no calculó bien el momento en que debía chutar/disparar
1. N1) (gen) tiempo mas time goes on or by — con el (paso del) tiempo, a medida que pasa/pasaba el tiempo
•
for all time — para siempre•
Father Time — el Tiempo•
to find (the) time for sth — encontrar tiempo para algohow time flies! — ¡cómo pasa el tiempo!
•
to gain time — ganar tiempo•
half the time he's drunk — la mayor parte del tiempo está borracho•
to have (the) time (to do sth) — tener tiempo (para hacer algo)•
to make up for lost time — recuperar el tiempo perdido•
it's only a matter or question of time before it falls — solo es cuestión de tiempo antes de que caiga•
to take time, it takes time — requiere tiempo, lleva su tiempoit'll take time to get over the loss of her family — le llevará tiempo superar la pérdida de su familia
take your time! — tómate el tiempo que necesites, ¡no hay prisa!
you certainly took your time! — iro ¡no es precisamente que te mataras corriendo!
to have time on one's hands —
once you retire you'll have time on your hands — cuando te hayas jubilado, tendrás todo el tiempo del mundo
- kill time- pass the time of day with sb- play for time- be pressed for timespare, waste•
have you been here all this time? — ¿has estado aquí todo este tiempo?•
for the time being — por ahora, de momento•
a long time — mucho tiempoa long time ago — hace mucho (tiempo), hace tiempo
she'll be in a wheelchair for a long time to come — le queda mucho tiempo de estar en silla de ruedas por delante
•
in no time at all — en un abrir y cerrar de ojos•
it will last our time — durará lo que nosotros•
a short time — poco tiempo, un ratoa short time after — poco (tiempo) después, al poco tiempo
•
for some time past — de algún tiempo a esta parteafter some time she looked up at me/wrote to me — después de cierto tiempo levantó la vista hacia mí/me escribió, pasado algún tiempo levantó la vista hacia mí/me escribió
•
in a week's time — dentro de una semanain two weeks' time — en dos semanas, al cabo de dos semanas
- do timeserve3) (at work)full-time, part-time, short-time•
he did it in his own time — lo hizo en su tiempo libre or fuera de (las) horas de trabajo4) (=moment, point of time) momento m•
about time too! — ¡ya era hora!•
come (at) any time (you like) — ven cuando quierasit might happen (at) any time — podría ocurrir de un momento a otro or en cualquier momento
•
at times — a veces, a ratosat all times — siempre, en todo momento
•
to die before one's time — morir tempranonot before time! — ¡ya era hora!
•
between times — en los intervalos•
by the time he arrived — para cuando él llegóby this time — ya, antes de esto
•
to choose one's time carefully — elegir con cuidado el momento más propicio•
the time has come to leave — ha llegado el momento de irse•
at a convenient time — en un momento oportuno•
at any given time — en cualquier momento dado•
her time was drawing near — (to give birth) se acercaba el momento de dar a luz; (to die) estaba llegando al final de su vida•
it's high time you got a job — ya va siendo hora de que consigas un trabajo•
at my time of life — a mi edad, con los años que yo tengo•
at no time did I mention it — no lo mencioné en ningún momento•
now is the time to go — ahora es el momento de irse•
from that time on — a partir de entonces, desde entonces•
at one time — en cierto momento, en cierta época•
this is neither the time nor the place to discuss it — este no es ni el momento ni el lugar oportuno para hablar de eso•
at the present time — actualmente, en la actualidad•
at the proper time — en el momento oportuno•
at the same time — (=simultaneously) al mismo tiempo, a la vez; (=even so) al mismo tiempo, por otro lado•
until such time as he agrees — hasta que consienta•
at that time — por entonces, en aquel entonces, en aquella épocabide•
at this particular time — en este preciso momento5) (by clock) hora fwhat's the time? — ¿qué hora es?
the time is 2.30 — son las dos y media
"time gentlemen please!" — "¡se cierra!"
•
to arrive ahead of time — llegar temprano•
at any time of the day or night — en cualquier momento or a cualquier hora del día o de la noche•
to be 30 minutes behind time — llevar 30 minutos de retraso•
it's coffee time — es la hora del café•
it's time for the news — es (la) hora de las noticias•
let me know in good time — avíseme con anticipaciónto start in good time — partir a tiempo, partir pronto
•
have you got the (right) time? — ¿tiene la hora (exacta)?•
we were just in time to see it — llegamos justo a tiempo para verlo•
a watch that keeps good time — un reloj muy exacto•
just look at the time! — ¡fíjate qué hora es ya!, ¡mira qué tarde es!see closing, opening•
to be on time — [person] ser puntual, llegar puntualmente; [train, plane] llegar puntual6) (=era, period) tiempo m, época fin Elizabethan times — en tiempos isabelinos, en la época isabelina
what times they were!, what times we had! — ¡qué tiempos aquellos!
•
to be ahead of one's time — adelantarse a su época•
that was all before my time — todo eso fue antes de mis tiempos•
to be behind the times — [person] estar atrasado de noticias; [thing, idea] estar fuera de moda, haber quedado anticuado•
how times change! — ¡cómo cambian las cosas!•
to keep abreast of or up with the times — ir con los tiempos, mantenerse al día•
the times we live in — los tiempos en que vivimos•
in modern times — en tiempos modernos•
to move with the times — ir con los tiempos, mantenerse al díasign•
time was when... — hubo un tiempo en que...7) (=experience)to have a bad or rough or thin time (of it) — pasarlo mal, pasarlas negras
•
to have a good time — pasarlo bien, divertirse•
we have a lovely time — lo pasamos la mar de bien *big-timeto make the big time — alcanzar el éxito, triunfar
8) (=occasion) vez fI remember the time he came here — recuerdo la ocasión en que vino por aquí, me acuerdo de cuando vino por aquí
•
to carry three boxes at a time — llevar tres cajas a la vezfor weeks at a time — durante semanas enteras or seguidas
it's the best, every time! — ¡es el mejor, no hay duda!
give me beer every time! — ¡para mí, siempre cerveza!
•
the first time I did it — la primera vez que lo hice•
last time — la última vez•
many times — muchas vecesmany's the time... — no una vez, sino muchas...
•
next time — la próxima vez, a la próxima (esp LAm)•
several times — varias veces•
this time — esta vez•
at various times in the past — en determinados momentos del pasado9) (Mus) compás min 3/4 time — al compás de 3 por 4
•
to beat time — marcar el compás•
in time to the music — al compás de la música•
to keep time — llevar el compásbeat 2., 4), mark II, 2., 7)•
to get out of time — perder el compás10) (Math)it's five times faster than or as fast as yours — es cinco veces más rápido que el tuyo
11) (Mech)2. VT1) (=schedule) planear, calcular; (=choose time of) [+ remark, request] elegir el momento parathe race is timed for 8.30 — el comienzo de la carrera está previsto para las 8.30
the bomb was timed to explode five minutes later — la bomba estaba sincronizada para explotar cinco minutos más tarde
ill-timed, well-timedthe strike was carefully timed to cause maximum disruption — se había escogido el momento de la huelga para ocasionar el mayor trastorno posible
to time o.s. — cronometrarse
3.CPDtime and motion study N — estudio m de tiempos y movimientos
time capsule N — cápsula f del tiempo
time check N — (Sport) control m de tiempos
can I have a time check, please? — ¿qué hora es ahora, por favor?
time clock N — reloj m registrador, reloj m de control de asistencia
time deposit N — (US) depósito m a plazo
time difference N — diferencia f horaria
time exposure N — (Phot) exposición f
time frame N — margen m de tiempo
time fuse N — temporizador m, espoleta f graduada, espoleta f de tiempo
time lag N — (=delay) retraso m; (=lack of synchronization) desfase m
time limit N — plazo m, límite m de tiempo; (=closing date) fecha f tope
time loan N — (US) préstamo m a plazo fijo
time machine N — máquina f de transporte a través del tiempo
time management N — gestión f del tiempo
time management consultant N — consultor(a) m / f de gestión del tiempo
time management course N — curso m de gestión del tiempo
time management skills NPL — técnicas fpl de gestión del tiempo
time management training N — formación f en gestión del tiempo
time off N — (=free time) tiempo m libre
you'll have to take some time off when your wife has her operation — tendrás que tomarte unos días de vacaciones cuando operen a tu mujer
time out N — (esp US) (Sport) (also fig) tiempo m muerto
to take time out (from sth/from doing sth) — descansar (de algo/de hacer algo)
time payment N — (US) pago m a plazos
time saver N —
time sheet N — = time card
time signal N — señal f horaria
time signature N — (Mus) compás m, signatura f de compás
time slice N — fracción f de tiempo
time switch N — interruptor m horario
time trial N — (Cycling) prueba f contra reloj, contrarreloj f
* * *
I [taɪm]1) noun2) u (past, present, future) tiempo mas time goes by o passes — a medida que pasa el tiempo, con el paso or el correr del tiempo
at this point o moment in time — en este momento, en el momento presente
time and tide wait for no man — el tiempo pasa inexorablemente; (before n) < travel> en el tiempo
time machine — máquina f del tiempo
3) u (time available, necessary for something) tiempo mcould I have five minutes of your time? — ¿podría concederme cinco minutos?
to make time for something — hacer(se)* or encontrar* tiempo para algo
to make time — ( hurry) (AmE colloq) darse* prisa, apurarse (AmL)
I spend all my time reading/thinking — me paso todo el tiempo leyendo/pensando
it takes time to get used to the climate — lleva or toma tiempo acostumbrarse al clima
it's worth taking a little extra time over the job — vale la pena dedicarle un poco más de tiempo al trabajo
to take one's time: just take your time tómate todo el tiempo que necesites or quieras; you took your time! cómo has tardado!; to buy time ganar tiempo; to have a lot of/no time for somebody/something: I have no time for people like her no soporto a la gente como ella; I've got a lot of time for him me cae muy bien; to have time on one's hands: I had time on my hands me sobraba el tiempo; to play for time — tratar de ganar tiempo
they lived in Paris for a time/for a long time — vivieron un tiempo/mucho tiempo or muchos años en París
long time no see! — (colloq) tanto tiempo (sin verte)!
some time later they moved to Brussels — (un) tiempo después se mudaron a Bruselas, tras cierto tiempo se mudaron a Bruselas
for some considerable time o for quite some time now there have been rumors that... — hace ya bastante tiempo que se rumorea que...
in an hour's/three months'/ten years' time — dentro de una hora/tres meses/diez años
cooking time — tiempo m de cocción
your time's up — se te (or les etc) ha acabado el tiempo
for the time being — por el momento, de momento
to serve o (colloq) do time — cumplir una condena, estar* a la sombra (fam)
5) (in phrases)all the time — ( constantly) constantemente; ( the whole period) todo el tiempo
in time — ( early enough) a tiempo; ( eventually) con el tiempo
all in good time — cada cosa a su tiempo, todo a su debido tiempo
in no time (at all) — rapidísimo, en un abrir y cerrar de ojos, en un santiamén
6) u ( airtime) (Rad, TV) espacio m7) u c (for journey, race, task) tiempo mwhat's your fastest time over 400m? — ¿cuál es tu mejor tiempo or marca en los 400 metros?
8) u ( with respect to work)to take o (BrE also) have time off — tomarse tiempo libre
9)a) c (epoch, age) (often pl) época f, tiempo mat one time — en una época or un tiempo, en otros tiempos
in times of crisis — en épocas or tiempos de crisis
in Tudor times — en la época de los Tudor, en tiempos de los Tudor
there was a time when o time was when... — hubo un tiempo cuando...
in times to come — en el futuro, en tiempos venideros
to be ahead of one's time: he's ahead/he was ahead of his time se ha adelantado/se adelantó a su época; to be behind the times \<\<ideas\>\> ser* anticuado, estar* desfasado; \<\<person\>\> estar* atrasado de noticias (fam); to keep up with o abreast of the times — mantenerse* al día
b) u ( with respect to a person's life)that was before your time — eso fue antes de que tú nacieras (or empezaras a trabajar aquí etc)
I've seen some funny things in my time but... — he visto cosas raras en mi vida pero...
10)a) u ( by clock) hora fwhat's the time?, what time is it? — ¿qué hora es?
do you have the time? — ¿tienes hora?
the time is ten minutes to ten — son las diez menos diez minutos, son diez para las diez (AmL exc RPl)
to be able to tell the time o (AmE also) tell time — saber* (decir) la hora
British Summer Time — horario m de verano
Eastern Standard Time — ( in US) hora f de la costa atlántica
not to give somebody the time of day — no darle* a algn ni la hora
to pass the time of day (with somebody): now she never even passes the time of day with me ahora ni siquiera me saluda; we passed the time of day charlamos un ratito; (before n) time switch temporizador m; time zone — huso m horario
b) c u ( of event) hora fdo you know the times of the trains? — ¿sabes el horario de los trenes?
time FOR something/to + INF: we have to arrange a time for the next meeting tenemos que fijar una fecha y hora para la próxima reunión; is it time to go yet? ¿ya es hora de irse?; it's time you left o you were leaving es hora de que te vayas; at breakfast time — a la hora del desayuno
11) c ( point in time)at the present/this particular time — en este momento/este preciso momento
by that o this time we were really worried — para entonces ya estábamos preocupadísimos
from that time on — a partir de entonces, desde entonces
it's high time somebody did something — ya es hora or ya va siendo hora de que alguien haga algo
she's resigned, and not before time — ha renunciado, y ya era hora
my/her time has come — me/le ha llegado el momento
to die before one's time — morir* tempranamente or prematuramente
12) c (instance, occasion) vez fI've been there many a time o many times — he estado allí en numerosas ocasiones or muchas veces
nine times out of ten — en el noventa por ciento de los casos, la gran mayoría de las veces
let's leave it for another o some other time — dejémoslo para otro momento
you paid (the) last time — la última vez or la otra vez pagaste tú
for the last time: no! — por última vez no!
let's try one more time — probemos otra vez or una vez más
13) (in phrases)about time: it's about time someone told him ya es hora or ya va siendo hora de que alguien se lo diga; I've finished - and about time too! he terminado - ya era hora!; ahead of time: the first stage was completed ahead of time la primera fase se terminó antes de tiempo; any time: come any time ven cuando quieras or en cualquier momento; call me any time between nine and eleven llámame a cualquier hora entre las nueve y las once; I'd rather work for Mary any time yo prefiero trabajar para Mary, toda la vida (y cien años más); they should be here any time (now) en cualquier momento llegan, deben de estar por llegar de un momento al otro; at a time: four at a time de cuatro en cuatro or (AmL tb) de a cuatro; one at a time! de a uno!, uno por uno! or uno por vez!; I can only do one thing at a time sólo puedo hacer una cosa a la or por vez; for months at a time durante meses enteros; at the same time ( simultaneously) al mismo tiempo; ( however) (as linker) al mismo tiempo, de todas formas; at times a veces; at this time (AmE) ahora, en este momento; every time: I make the same mistake every time! siempre cometo el mismo error!; gin or whisky? - give me whisky every time! ¿ginebra or whisky? - para mí whisky, toda la vida; every o each time (as conj) ( whenever) cada vez; from time to time de vez en cuando; on time ( on schedule): the buses hardly ever run on time los autobuses casi nunca pasan a su hora or puntualmente; she's never on time nunca llega temprano, siempre llega tarde; time after time o time and (time) again — una y otra vez
14) c ( experience)to have a good/bad/hard time — pasarlo bien/mal/muy mal
have a good time! — que te diviertas (or que se diviertan etc)!, que lo pases (or pasen etc) bien!
don't give me a hard time — (esp AmE) no me mortifiques
thank you for a lovely time — gracias por todo, lo hemos pasado estupendamente
15) u ( Mus) compás mout of time — descompasado, fuera de compás
to beat/keep time — marcar*/seguir* el compás
to mark time — ( march on the spot) marcar* el paso; ( make no progress) hacer* tiempo; (before n)
time signature — llave f de tiempo
it's four times bigger — es cuatro veces más grande; (before n)
times table — tabla f de multiplicar
II
a) ( Sport) cronometrarb) ( choose time of)the demonstration was timeed to coincide with his arrival — la hora de la manifestación estaba calculada para coincidir con su llegada
his shot was badly timed — no calculó bien el momento en que debía chutar/disparar
-
26 come
1. past tense - came; verb1) (to move etc towards the person speaking or writing, or towards the place being referred to by him: Come here!; Are you coming to the dance?; John has come to see me; Have any letters come for me?) venir2) (to become near or close to something in time or space: Christmas is coming soon.) llegar3) (to happen or be situated: The letter `d' comes between `c' and è' in the alphabet.) venir4) ((often with to) to happen (by accident): How did you come to break your leg?) suceder5) (to arrive at (a certain state etc): What are things coming to? We have come to an agreement.) llegar a6) ((with to) (of numbers, prices etc) to amount (to): The total comes to 51.) subir a, ser
2. interjection(expressing disapproval, drawing attention etc: Come, come! That was very rude of you!) ¡vamos!- comer- coming
- comeback
- comedown
- come about
- come across
- come along
- come by
- come down
- come into one's own
- come off
- come on
- come out
- come round
- come to
- come to light
- come upon
- come up with
- come what may
- to come
come vb venircome here please ven aquí, por favordo you want to come with me? ¿quieres ir conmigo?tr[kʌm]1 (gen) venir■ you must come and visit us! ¡tienes que venir a visitarnos!■ can you come to dinner on Saturday? ¿puedes venir a cenar el sábado?■ are you coming? ¿(te) vienes?■ can I come with you? ¿puedo ir contigo?■ coming! ¡ya voy!2 (arrive) llegar■ what time does he come home? ¿a qué hora llega a casa?3 (occupy place, position) llegar4 (reach) llegar5 (happen) suceder■ it came to pass that... sucedió que...■ how did you come to live here? ¿cómo es que vives aquí?6 (be available) venir, suministrarse7 (become) hacerse9 slang (have orgasm) correrse1 (behave, play the part) hacerse\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLcome again? ¿cómo?, ¿qué?come off it! ¡venga ya!, ¡anda ya!come what may pase lo que paseto be as... as they come ser lo más... que hayto come (in the future) venidero,-ato come a long way (progress) progresar muchoto come and go ir y venirto come as a shock/surprise to somebody ser un susto/sorpresa para alguiento come clean confesar, cantarto come down in the world venir a menosto come down on somebody's side ponerse de parte de alguiento come easily to somebody resultarle fácil a alguiento come in handy / come in useful ser útil, resultar útil, venir biento come into being nacer, ver la luzto come into fashion ponerse de modato come into force entrar en vigorto come into the world nacer, ver la luzto come of age llegar a la mayoría de edadto come out in favour of something / come out against something declararse a favor de algo / declararse en contra de algoto come to an end acabar, terminar, tocar a su finto come to nothing llegar a nada, quedar en nada, quedar en agua de borrajasto come true hacerse realidadto have it coming (to one) tenérselo merecidoto see something coming ver algo venirto take life as it comes aceptar la vida tal y como se presentawhen it comes to... en cuanto a...1) approach: venir, aproximarsehere they come: acá vienen2) arrive: venir, llegar, alcanzarthey came yesterday: vinieron ayer3) originate: venir, provenirthis wine comes from France: este vino viene de Francia4) amount: llegar, ascenderthe investment came to two million: la inversión llegó a dos millones5)to come clean : confesar, desahogar la conciencia6)to come into acquire: adquirirto come into a fortune: heredar una fortuna7)to come off succeed: tener éxito, ser un éxito8)to come out : salir, aparecer, publicarse9)to come to revive: recobrar el conocimiento, volver en síto come to pass happen: acontecerto come to terms : llegar a un acuerdointerj.• ven interj.• venga interj.p.p.(Participio pasivo de "to come")v.(§ p.,p.p.: came, come) = ir v.(§pres: voy, vas...) subj: vay-, imp: ib-, pret: fu-•)• llegar v.• ocurrir v.• provenir v.(§pres: -vengo, -vienes...-venimos), pret: -vin-, fut: -vendr-•)• venir v.(§pres: vengo, vienes...venimos), pret: vin-, fut: vendr-•)kʌm
1.
1)a) (advance, approach, travel) venir*have you come far? — ¿vienes de lejos?
as I was coming up/down the stairs — cuando subía/bajaba (por) las escaleras
we've come a long way since... — ( made much progress) hemos avanzado mucho desde que...; ( many things have happened) ha llovido mucho desde que...
come and get it! — (colloq) a comer!
b) (be present, visit, accompany) venir*can I come with you? — ¿puedo ir contigo?, ¿te puedo acompañar?
to come as something: Sue's coming as a clown — Sue va a venir (vestida) de payaso
2)a) ( arrive)what time are you coming? — ¿a qué hora vas a venir?
after a while, you'll come to a crossroads — al cabo de un rato, llegarás a un cruce
I'm coming, I won't be a moment — enseguida voy
to come about something — venir* por algo
to come for something/somebody — venir* a buscar algo/a alguien, venir* a por algo/alguien (Esp)
b)to come and go — ir* y venir*
Presidents come and go, the problems remain the same — los presidentes cambian pero los problemas son siempre los mismos
3)a) (occur in time, context)b) (as prep) parac)to come — ( in the future) (as adv)
in years to come — en años venideros, en el futuro
4) (extend, reach) (+ adv compl) llegar*5) ( be gained)it'll come, just keep practicing — ya te va a salir or lo vas a lograr; sigue practicando
driving didn't come easily to me — aprender a manejar or (Esp) conducir no me fue or no me resultó fácil
6) (be available, obtainable) (+ adv compl) venir*to come with something: the car comes with the job el coche te lo dan con el trabajo; it comes with instructions viene con or trae instrucciones; these watches don't come cheap estos relojes no son nada baratos; he's as silly as they come — es de lo más tonto que hay
7) (+ adv compl)a) (in sequence, list, structure)b) (in race, competition) llegar*to come first — ( in a race) llegar* el primero; ( in an exam) quedar or salir* el primero
c) ( be ranked) estar*8)a) ( become) (+ adj compl)b) ( reach certain state)to come to + inf — llegar* a + inf
how do you come to be here? — ¿cómo es que estás aquí?
I could have done it yesterday, come to think of it — lo podría haber hecho ayer, ahora que lo pienso
9) ( have orgasm) (colloq) venirse* or (Esp) correrse or (AmS) acabar (arg)10) (in phrases)come, come! — vamos, vamos!, dale! (CS fam)
come again? — (colloq) ¿qué? or (AmL fam) ¿qué qué?
how come? — (colloq) ¿cómo?
how come you didn't know? — ¿cómo es que no sabías?
2.
vt (BrE)Phrasal Verbs:- come by- come in- come of- come off- come on- come out- come to- come up[kʌm] (pt came) (pp come)1. VI1) (gen) venir; (=arrive) llegarwhen did he come? — ¿cuándo llegó?
(I'm) coming! — ¡voy!, ¡ya voy!
he came running/dashing etc in — entró corriendo/volando etc
the day/time will come when... — ya llegará el día/la hora (en) que...
•
we'll come after you — te seguiremos•
come and see us soon — ven a vernos pronto•
it may come as a surprise to you... — puede que te asombre or (LAm) extrañe...•
to come for sth/sb — venir por or (LAm) pasar por algo/algn•
to come from — (=stem from) [word, custom] venir de, proceder de, provenir de; (=originate from) [person] ser deshe has just come from London — acaba de venir or (LAm) regresar de Londres
where do you come from? — ¿de dónde eres?
I don't know where you're coming from — (US) * no alcanzo a comprender la base de tu argumento
•
to come and go — ir y venirthe picture comes and goes — (TV) un momento tenemos imagen y al siguiente no
•
it never came into my mind — no pasó siquiera por mi mente•
we came to a village — llegamos a un puebloit came to me that there was a better way to do it — se me ocurrió que había otra forma mejor de hacerlo
when it comes to choosing, I prefer wine — si tengo que elegir, prefiero vino
when it comes to mathematics... — en cuanto a or en lo que se refiere a las matemáticas...
•
when your turn comes — cuando llegue tu turno•
they have come a long way — (lit) han venido desde muy lejos; (fig) han llegado muy lejos•
come with me — ven conmigo2) (=have its place) venirwork comes before pleasure — primero el trabajo, luego la diversión
3) (=happen) pasar, ocurrir•
how does this chair come to be broken? — ¿cómo es que esta silla está rota?•
how come? * — ¿cómo es eso?, ¿cómo así?, ¿por qué?how come you don't know? * — ¿cómo es que no lo sabes?
•
no good will come of it — de eso no saldrá nada buenothat's what comes of being careless — eso es lo que pasa or ocurre por la falta de cuidado
•
no harm will come to him — no le pasará nada•
come what may — pase lo que pase4) (=be, become)now I come to think of it — ahora que lo pienso, pensándolo bien
it came to pass that... — liter aconteció que...
•
those shoes come in two colours — esos zapatos vienen en dos colores•
it comes naturally to him — lo hace sin esfuerzo, no le cuesta nada hacerlo•
it'll all come right in the end — al final, todo se arreglará5) ** (=have orgasm) correrse (Sp) ***, acabar (LAm) ***6) (in phrases)•
come again? * — ¿cómo (dice)?•
he's as good as they come — es bueno como él solo•
they don't come any better than that — mejores no los hay•
to come between two people — (=interfere) meterse or entrometerse entre dos personas; (=separate) separar a dos personas•
come, come! — ¡vamos!•
the new ruling comes into force next year — la nueva ley entra en vigor el año que viene•
if it comes to it — llegado el caso•
oh, come now! — ¡vamos!•
I could see it coming — lo veía venir•
come to that... — si vamos a eso...•
in (the) years to come — en los años venideros2.VTdon't come that game with me! * — ¡no me vengas con esos cuentos!
that's coming it a bit strong — eso me parece algo exagerado, no es para tanto
- come at- come by- come in- come of- come off- come on- come out- come to- come upCOME, GO Although c ome and venir usually imply motion towards the speaker while go and ir imply motion away from them, there are some differences between the two languages. In English we sometimes describe movement as if from the other person's perspective. In Spanish, this is not the case. ► For example when someone calls you:
I'm coming Ya voy ► Making arrangements over the phone or in a letter:
I'll come and pick you up at four Iré a recogerte a las cuatro
Can I come too? ¿Puedo ir yo también?
Shall I come with you? ¿Voy contigo? ► So, use ir rather than venir when going towards someone else or when joining them to go on somewhere else. ► Compare:
Are you coming with us? (viewed from the speaker's perspective) ¿(Te) vienes con nosotros? For further uses and examples, see come, go* * *[kʌm]
1.
1)a) (advance, approach, travel) venir*have you come far? — ¿vienes de lejos?
as I was coming up/down the stairs — cuando subía/bajaba (por) las escaleras
we've come a long way since... — ( made much progress) hemos avanzado mucho desde que...; ( many things have happened) ha llovido mucho desde que...
come and get it! — (colloq) a comer!
b) (be present, visit, accompany) venir*can I come with you? — ¿puedo ir contigo?, ¿te puedo acompañar?
to come as something: Sue's coming as a clown — Sue va a venir (vestida) de payaso
2)a) ( arrive)what time are you coming? — ¿a qué hora vas a venir?
after a while, you'll come to a crossroads — al cabo de un rato, llegarás a un cruce
I'm coming, I won't be a moment — enseguida voy
to come about something — venir* por algo
to come for something/somebody — venir* a buscar algo/a alguien, venir* a por algo/alguien (Esp)
b)to come and go — ir* y venir*
Presidents come and go, the problems remain the same — los presidentes cambian pero los problemas son siempre los mismos
3)a) (occur in time, context)b) (as prep) parac)to come — ( in the future) (as adv)
in years to come — en años venideros, en el futuro
4) (extend, reach) (+ adv compl) llegar*5) ( be gained)it'll come, just keep practicing — ya te va a salir or lo vas a lograr; sigue practicando
driving didn't come easily to me — aprender a manejar or (Esp) conducir no me fue or no me resultó fácil
6) (be available, obtainable) (+ adv compl) venir*to come with something: the car comes with the job el coche te lo dan con el trabajo; it comes with instructions viene con or trae instrucciones; these watches don't come cheap estos relojes no son nada baratos; he's as silly as they come — es de lo más tonto que hay
7) (+ adv compl)a) (in sequence, list, structure)b) (in race, competition) llegar*to come first — ( in a race) llegar* el primero; ( in an exam) quedar or salir* el primero
c) ( be ranked) estar*8)a) ( become) (+ adj compl)b) ( reach certain state)to come to + inf — llegar* a + inf
how do you come to be here? — ¿cómo es que estás aquí?
I could have done it yesterday, come to think of it — lo podría haber hecho ayer, ahora que lo pienso
9) ( have orgasm) (colloq) venirse* or (Esp) correrse or (AmS) acabar (arg)10) (in phrases)come, come! — vamos, vamos!, dale! (CS fam)
come again? — (colloq) ¿qué? or (AmL fam) ¿qué qué?
how come? — (colloq) ¿cómo?
how come you didn't know? — ¿cómo es que no sabías?
2.
vt (BrE)Phrasal Verbs:- come by- come in- come of- come off- come on- come out- come to- come up -
27 that
1. ðæt plural - those; adjective(used to indicate a person, thing etc spoken of before, not close to the speaker, already known to the speaker and listener etc: Don't take this book - take that one; At that time, I was living in Italy; When are you going to return those books?) ese, esa, esos, esas; aquel, aquella, aquellos, aquellas
2. pronoun(used to indicate a thing etc, or (in plural or with the verb be) person or people, spoken of before, not close to the speaker, already known to the speaker and listener etc: What is that you've got in your hand?; Who is that?; That is the Prime Minister; Those present at the concert included the composer and his wife.) ese, esa, esos, esas; aquel, aquella, aquellos, aquellas
3. ðət, ðæt relative pronoun(used to refer to a person, thing etc mentioned in a preceding clause in order to distinguish it from others: Where is the parcel that arrived this morning?; Who is the man (that) you were talking to?)
4. ðət, ðæt conjunction1) ((often omitted) used to report what has been said etc or to introduce other clauses giving facts, reasons, results etc: I know (that) you didn't do it; I was surprised (that) he had gone.) que2) (used to introduce expressions of sorrow, wishes etc: That I should be accused of murder!; Oh, that I were with her now!) y pensar que; ojalá
5.
adverb(so; to such an extent: I didn't realize she was that ill.) tan- that's that
that1 adj ese / aquelwho lives in that house? ¿quién vive en esa casa?did you bring that book? ¿has traído aquel libro?what are those boys doing? ¿qué están haciendo aquellos chicos?that2 adv tanthat3 conj quethat4 pron1. ése / aquél2. esotr[ðæt ʊnstressed ðət]1 ese, esa (remote) aquel, aquella■ how much is that dress? ¿cuánto vale ese vestido?■ what was that noise? ¿qué ha sido ese ruido?■ have you got that record I lent you? ¿tienes aquel disco que te dejé?■ who's that? ¿quién es ése/ésa?■ this is mine, that is yours éste es mío, aquél es tuyo2 (indefinite) eso; (remote) aquello■ what's that? ¿qué es eso?■ where did you get that? ¿dónde has comprado eso?3 (relative) que4 (with preposition) que, el/la que, el/la cual1 que2 ¡ojalá!1 familiar tan, tanto,-a, tantos,-as\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLand all that y todo esolike that así, de aquella manerathat is to say es decirthat's life así es la vidathat's more like it ¡ahora!, ¡así me gusta!that's right así esthat's that ya está, se acabówho's that? (on 'phone) ¿quién es?, ¿quién eres?it's not that expensive: no es tan caronot that much: no tantodo you see those children?: ¿ves a aquellos niños?that conj & pron: quehe said that he was afraid: dijo que tenía miedothe book that he wrote: el libro que escribió1) : ése, ésa, esothat's my father: ése es mi padrethose are the ones he likes: ésos son los que le gustanwhat's that?: ¿qué es eso?those are maples and these are elms: aquéllos son arces y éstos son olmosthat came to an end: aquello se acabóadj.• esa adj.• ese adj.adj.dem.• aquel adj.dem.adv.• como adv.• tan adv.conj.• ese conj.• para que conj.• que conj.pron.• aquello pron.• aquél pron.• el cual pron.• ese pron.• eso pron.• que pron.• quien pron.• tanto pron.pron.dem.neut.• aquello pron.dem.neut.
I ðæt1) (pl those) ( demonstrative) ése, ésa; (neuter) esothose — ésos, ésas; (to refer to something more distant, to the remote past) aquél, aquélla; (neuter) aquello
those — aquéllos, aquéllas [According to the Real Academia Española the accent can be omitted when there is no ambiguity]
what's that? — ¿qué es eso?
who's that over there? — quién es ése/ésa?
those are $20 and those over there $21.50 — ésos cuestan 20 dólares y aquéllos de allá 21,50
who's that, please? — ( on telephone) ¿con quién hablo, por favor?
that's impossible/wonderful! — es imposible/maravilloso!
is that so? — no me digas!, ¿ah, sí?
don't talk like that! — no hables así!, no digas eso!
eat it up now, that's a good girl! — vamos, cómetelo todo así me gusta!
come on, it's not as bad as all that — vamos, que no es para tanto
2) (in phrases)at that they all burst out laughing — al oír (or ver etc) eso, todos se echaron a reír
he has enormous power and wealth, but is still unhappy for all that — tiene mucho poder y muchas riquezas, pero aún así es infeliz
that is: we're all going, all the adults, that is vamos todos, es decir, todos los adultos; you're welcome to come along, that is, if you'd like to encantados de que vengas, siempre que quieras venir, claro; that's it!: that's it for today eso es todo por hoy; is that it? - no, there's another bag to come ¿ya está? - no, todavía falta otra bolsa; now lift your left arm: that's it! ahora levanta el brazo izquierdo eso es! or ahí está!; that's it: I've had enough! se acabó! ya no aguanto más!; that's that: you're not going and that's that! — no vas y no hay más que hablar or y se acabó
3) ðət, strong form ðæt ( relative) queit wasn't Helen (that) you saw — no fue a Helen a quien viste, no fue a Helen que viste (AmL)
II ðætthose — esos, esas; (to refer to something more distant, to the remote past) aquel, aquella
those — aquellos, aquellas
do you know that boy/girl? — ¿conoces a ese chico/esa chica?
I prefer that one — prefiero ése/ésa
III ðət, strong form ðætconjunction queshe said (that)... — dijo que...
it's not that I mind what he does but... — no es que me importe lo que hace, pero...
they died that others might live — (liter) murieron para que otros pudieran vivir
IV ðætadverb tanten thirty? that late already? — ¿las diez y media? ¿ya es tan tarde?
(strong form) [ðæt] (weak form) [ˌdǝt] (pl those) Those is treated as a separate entry.I'm not that interested, really — la verdad es que no me interesa tanto
1. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVE1) [+ objects/people]You can generally use ese etc when pointing to something near the person you are speaking to. Use aquel etc for something which is distant from both of you: (nearer) ese m, esa f ; (more remote) aquel m, aquella fthat car is much better value than that sports model at the end — ese coche está mejor de precio que aquel modelo deportivo que hay al final
that wretched dog! — ¡ese maldito perro!
In the past the standard spelling for [ese/esa] and [aquel/aquella] used as pronouns (as when they are used to translate [that one]) was with an accent ([ése/ésa] and [aquél/aquélla]). Nowadays the [Real Academia Española] advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjectives [este/esta] and [aquel/aquella].what about that cheque? — ¿y el cheque ese?
there's little to choose between this model and that one — no hay mucho que elegir entre este modelo y aquel
2) [+ event, year, month]
Aquel is used to refer to a time in the distant past. Use if you mention a concrete date, month, year {etc">ese:do you remember that holiday we had in Holland? — ¿te acuerdas de aquellas vacaciones que pasamos en Holanda?
1992? I can't remember where we holidayed that year — ¿1992? no recuerdo dónde pasamos las vacaciones ese año
May? we can't come that month because we'll be moving house — ¿en mayo? no podemos venir ese mes porque nos estaremos mudando de casa
2.DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNThe pronoun that ( one) is translated by ese and aquel (masc), esa and aquella (fem) and eso and aquello (neuter). You can generally use ese etc when pointing to something near the person you are speaking to. Use aquel etc for something which is distant from both of you. Note that in the past the standard spelling for the masculine and feminine pronouns was with an accent (ése/ésa and aquél/aquélla). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjectives ese/esa and aquel/aquella. Neuter pronouns never carry an accent. (nearer) ese m, esa f, ése m, ésa f, eso (neuter) ; (more remote) aquel(la) m / f, aquél(la) m / f, aquello (neuter)who's that? — ¿quién es ese?
what is that? — ¿qué es eso?, ¿eso qué es?
is that you, Paul? — ¿eres tú, Paul?
£5? it must have cost more than that — ¿5 libras? debe haber costado más (que eso)
that's true — eso es verdad, es cierto (esp LAm)
that's odd! — ¡qué raro!, ¡qué cosa más rara!
1988? that was the year you graduated, wasn't it? — ¿1988? ese fue el año en que acabaste la carrera, ¿no es así?
"will he come?" - "that he will!" — † -¿vendrá? -¡ya lo creo!
•
after that — después de eso•
bees and wasps and all that — abejas, avispas y cosas asíis that all? — ¿eso es todo?, ¿nada más?
•
and it was broken at that — y además estaba rotoI realized he meant to speak to me and at that I panicked — me di cuenta de que quería hablar conmigo y entonces me entró el pánico
•
what do you mean by that? — ¿qué quieres decir con eso?•
if it comes to that — en tal caso, si llegamos a eso•
it will cost 20 dollars, if that — costará 20 dólares, si es que llega•
that is — (=ie) es decir...•
that's it, we've finished — ya está, hemos terminadothat's it! she can find her own gardener! — ¡se acabó! ¡que se busque un jardinero por su cuenta!
•
that of — el/la de•
that is to say — es decir...•
why worry about that which may never happen? — frm ¿por qué preocuparse por aquello que or por lo que puede que nunca vaya a pasar?•
with that — con eso3. RELATIVE PRONOUNUnlike that, the Spanish relative cannot be omitted.1) quethe girl that he met on holiday and later married — la chica que conoció durante las vacaciones y con la que después se casó
If the that clause ends in a preposition, you can either translate that as que (usually preceded by the definite article) or as article + cual/cuales. Use the second option particularly in formal language or after long prepositions or prepositional phrases:fool that I am! — ¡tonto que soy!
the box that I put it in — la caja donde lo puse, la caja en la que or en la cual lo puse
4. ADVERB1) (=so) tanit's about that big — (with gesture) es más o menos así de grande
•
cheer up! it isn't that bad — ¡ánimo! ¡no es para tanto!•
that many frogs — tantas ranas•
that much money — tanto dinero2) * (=so very) tanit was that cold! — ¡hacía tanto frío!
5. CONJUNCTIONUnlike that, que cannot be omitted.1) after verb quehe said that... — dijo que...
he said that he was going to London and would be back in the evening — dijo que se iba a Londres y (que) volvería por la tarde
2) after nounTranslate as de que in phrases like the idea/belief/hope that:
•
any hope that they might have survived was fading — toda esperanza de que hubiesen sobrevivido se estaba desvaneciendo•
the idea that we can profit from their labour — la idea de que podemos aprovecharnos de su trabajo•
..., not that I want to, of course —..., no es que yo quiera, por supuestoIf the that clause is the subject of another verb it is usual to translate that as el que rather than que especially if it starts the sentence:•
oh that we could! — ¡ojalá pudiéramos!, ¡ojalá!In these cases the verb which follows will be in the subjunctive:that he did not know surprised me — (el) que no lo supiera me extrañó, me extrañó (el) que no lo supiera
wouldthat he should behave like this is incredible — (el) que se comporte así es increíble, es increíble que se comporte así
4) (=in order that) para que + subjunthose who fought and died that we might live — los que lucharon y murieron para que nosotros pudiésemos vivir
5)• in that — en el sentido de que
it's an attractive investment in that it is tax-free — es una inversión atractiva en el sentido de que está exenta de impuestos
* * *
I [ðæt]1) (pl those) ( demonstrative) ése, ésa; (neuter) esothose — ésos, ésas; (to refer to something more distant, to the remote past) aquél, aquélla; (neuter) aquello
those — aquéllos, aquéllas [According to the Real Academia Española the accent can be omitted when there is no ambiguity]
what's that? — ¿qué es eso?
who's that over there? — quién es ése/ésa?
those are $20 and those over there $21.50 — ésos cuestan 20 dólares y aquéllos de allá 21,50
who's that, please? — ( on telephone) ¿con quién hablo, por favor?
that's impossible/wonderful! — es imposible/maravilloso!
is that so? — no me digas!, ¿ah, sí?
don't talk like that! — no hables así!, no digas eso!
eat it up now, that's a good girl! — vamos, cómetelo todo así me gusta!
come on, it's not as bad as all that — vamos, que no es para tanto
2) (in phrases)at that they all burst out laughing — al oír (or ver etc) eso, todos se echaron a reír
he has enormous power and wealth, but is still unhappy for all that — tiene mucho poder y muchas riquezas, pero aún así es infeliz
that is: we're all going, all the adults, that is vamos todos, es decir, todos los adultos; you're welcome to come along, that is, if you'd like to encantados de que vengas, siempre que quieras venir, claro; that's it!: that's it for today eso es todo por hoy; is that it? - no, there's another bag to come ¿ya está? - no, todavía falta otra bolsa; now lift your left arm: that's it! ahora levanta el brazo izquierdo eso es! or ahí está!; that's it: I've had enough! se acabó! ya no aguanto más!; that's that: you're not going and that's that! — no vas y no hay más que hablar or y se acabó
3) [ðət], strong form [ðæt] ( relative) queit wasn't Helen (that) you saw — no fue a Helen a quien viste, no fue a Helen que viste (AmL)
II [ðæt]those — esos, esas; (to refer to something more distant, to the remote past) aquel, aquella
those — aquellos, aquellas
do you know that boy/girl? — ¿conoces a ese chico/esa chica?
I prefer that one — prefiero ése/ésa
III [ðət], strong form [ðæt]conjunction queshe said (that)... — dijo que...
it's not that I mind what he does but... — no es que me importe lo que hace, pero...
they died that others might live — (liter) murieron para que otros pudieran vivir
IV [ðæt]adverb tanten thirty? that late already? — ¿las diez y media? ¿ya es tan tarde?
I'm not that interested, really — la verdad es que no me interesa tanto
-
28 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
29 even
I
1. i:vən adjective1) (level; the same in height, amount etc: Are the table-legs even?; an even temperature.) uniforme, constante2) (smooth: Make the path more even.) liso, llano3) (regular: He has a strong, even pulse.) regular4) (divisible by 2 with no remainder: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 etc are even numbers.) par5) (equal (in number, amount etc): The teams have scored one goal each and so they are even now.) empatado6) ((of temperament etc) calm: She has a very even temper.) constante, tranquilo
2. verb1) (to make equal: Smith's goal evened the score.) igualar2) (to make smooth or level.) allanar, nivelar•- evenly- evenness
- be/get even with
- an even chance
- even out
- even up
II i:vən adverb1) (used to point out something unexpected in what one is saying: `Have you finished yet?' `No, I haven't even started.'; Even the winner got no prize.) ni siquiera2) (yet; still: My boots were dirty, but his were even dirtier.) todavía más, aún más•- even if- even so
- even though
even1 adj1. llano / liso / plano2. uniforme / regular / constante3. igualado / empatadonow we're even! ¡ya estamos en paz!even2 adv1. hasta / incluso / aunthe weather is always bad, even in summer siempre hace mal tiempo, incluso en verano2. aún / todavíaMonday was cold, but today it's even colder el lunes hizo frío, pero hoy hace más aún3. ni siquieraeven though aunque / a pesar de quetr['iːvən]1 (level, flat) llano,-a, plano,-a; (smooth) liso,-a2 (regular, steady) uniforme, regular, constante3 (evenly balanced) igual, igualado,-a4 (equal in measure, quantity, number) igual■ add even amounts of milk and water añadir igual cantidad de leche y agua, añadir leche y agua a partes iguales5 (number) par6 (placid - character) apacible, tranquilo,-a; (- voice) imperturbable7 (on the same level as) a nivel ( with, de)1 hasta, incluso, aun■ it's always sunny, even in winter siempre hace sol, incluso en invierno■ it's open every day, even on Sundays abren cada día, incluso los domingos2 (with negative) siquiera, ni siquiera3 (before comparative) aun, todavía1 (level) nivelar, allanar2 (score) igualar; (situation) equilibrar\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLeven as mientras, justo cuandoeven if aun si, aunqueeven now incluso ahora, aun ahoraeven so incluso así, aun así, a pesar de esoeven then incluso entonces, aun entonceseven though aunque, aun cuandoto be even with somebody estar en paz con alguiento break even cubrir gastosto get even with somebody desquitarse con alguien■ I'll get even with you! ¡me las pagarás!even chances cincuenta por ciento de posibilidadeseven ['i:vən] vt1) level: allanar, nivelar, emparejar2) equalize: igualar, equilibrareven vito even out : nivelarse, emparejarseeven adv1) : hasta, inclusoeven a child can do it: hasta un niño puede hacerlohe looked content, even happy: se le veía satisfecho, incluso felizhe didn't even try: ni siquiera lo intentóeven better: aún mejor, todavía mejor4)even if : aunque5)even so : aun así6)even though : aun cuando, a pesar de queeven adj1) smooth: uniforme, liso, parejo2) flat: plano, llano3) equal: igual, igualadoan even score: un marcador igualado4) regular: regular, constantean even pace: un ritmo constante5) exact: exacto, justo6) : pareven number: número par7)to be even : estar en paz, estar a mano8)to get even : desquitarse, vengarseadj.• exacto, -a adj.• igual adj.• imparcial adj.• liso, -a adj.• llano, -a adj.• par (Matemática) adj.• parejero, -a adj.• parejo, -a adj.• plano, -a adj.• uniforme adj.adv.• aun adv.• aún adv.• hasta adv.• incluso adv.• siquiera adv.conj.• aun conj.v.• allanar v.• igualar v.
I 'iːvən1)a) hasta, inclusoeven now, five years later — incluso ahora, cuando ya han pasado cinco años
b) (with neg)c) (with comparative) aún, todavíathe next day was even colder — al día siguiente hizo aún or todavía más frío
2) (in phrases)even if — aunque (+ subj)
even if I knew, I wouldn't tell you — aunque lo supiera, no te lo diría
even though — aun cuando, a pesar de que
II
1)a) (flat, smooth) <ground/surface> plano; < coat of paint> uniformeb) (regular, uniform) <color/lighting> uniforme, parejo (AmL); < breathing> acompasado, regular; < temperature> constante2) ( equal) < distribution> equitativo, igualafter four rounds they're even — tras cuatro vueltas están or van igualados or empatados
so now we're even o so that makes us even — así que estamos en paz or (AmL tb) a mano
to break even — recuperar los gastos, no tener* ni pérdidas ni beneficios
to get even with — desquitarse, vengarse*
I'll get even with her — me las pagará
3) ( divisible by two) < number> par
III
1) ( level) \<\<surface\>\> allanar, nivelar2) ( make equal) \<\<score\>\> igualar; \<\<contest/situation\>\> equilibrar•Phrasal Verbs:- even out- even up['iːvǝn]1. ADJ1) (=smooth, flat) [surface, ground] planoto make sth even — nivelar algo, allanar algo
2) (=uniform) [speed, temperature, progress] constante; [breathing] regular; [distribution, colour, work] uniformekeel3) (=equal) [quantities, distances] igual; [distribution] equitativo•
to break even — llegar a cubrir los gastos•
he has an even chance of winning the election — (Brit) tiene las mismas posibilidades de ganar las elecciones que de perderlas, tiene un cincuenta por ciento de posibilidades de ganar las elecciones•
to get even with sb — ajustar cuentas con algnI'll get even with you for that! — ¡me las pagarás por eso! *
•
that makes us even — (in game) así quedamos empatados; (regarding money) así quedamos en paz or (LAm) a mano•
they are an even match — (in sports, games) los dos son igual de buenos; (fig) no le tiene nada que envidiar el uno al otro•
I'll give you even money that Arsenal will win — (Brit) para mí que Arsenal tiene las mismas posibilidades de ganar que de perder•
our score is even — estamos igualados or empatados•
to be even with sb — (in game) estar igualado con algn; (regarding money) estar en paz or (LAm) a mano con algn- give sb an even breakeven-handed, even-stevens4) (=calm)even-tempered5) (=not odd) [number] par2. ADV1) hasta, inclusoI have even forgotten his name — hasta or incluso he olvidado su nombre
even on Sundays — hasta or incluso los domingos
even the priest was there — hasta or incluso el cura estaba allí
pick them all, even the little ones — recógelos todos incluso los pequeños
even I know that! — ¡eso lo sé hasta yo!
2) (with compar adj or adv) aún, todavíaeven faster — aún or todavía más rápido
even better — aún or todavía mejor
even more easily — aún or todavía más fácilmente
even less money — aún or todavía menos dinero
•
not even... — ni siquiera...don't even think about it! — ¡ni lo pienses!
•
without even reading it — sin leerlo siquiera4) (in phrases)•
even as, even as he spoke the door opened — en ese mismo momento se abrió la puertaeven as he had wished it — frm exactamente como él lo había deseado
even if you tried — aunque lo intentaras, incluso si lo intentaras, así lo procuraras (LAm)
•
not... even if, not even if, he won't talk to you even if you do go there — no hablará contigo aunque vayas allíI couldn't be prouder, not even if you were my own son — no me sentiría más orgulloso, aunque fuera mi propio hijo
even now, you could still change your mind — todavía estás a tiempo de cambiar de idea
•
even so — aun asíeven so he was disappointed — aun así, quedó decepcionado
yes but even so... — sí, pero aun así...
he didn't listen, even though he knew I was right — no me hizo caso, aunque sabía que tenía razón
he never gets depressed, even when things go badly — nunca se deprime, incluso or ni siquiera cuando las cosas andan mal
we were never in love, not even when we got married — nunca estuvimos enamorados, ni siquiera cuando nos casamos
3. VT1) (=smooth, flatten) [+ surface, ground] nivelar, allanar2) (=equalize) igualar•
to even the score — (lit) igualar el marcadorhe was determined to even the score — (=get revenge) estaba decidido or empeñado a desquitarse
4.evensNPL (esp Brit)the bookmakers are offering evens — los corredores de apuestas ofrecen el doble de la cantidad aportada
- even out- even up* * *
I ['iːvən]1)a) hasta, inclusoeven now, five years later — incluso ahora, cuando ya han pasado cinco años
b) (with neg)c) (with comparative) aún, todavíathe next day was even colder — al día siguiente hizo aún or todavía más frío
2) (in phrases)even if — aunque (+ subj)
even if I knew, I wouldn't tell you — aunque lo supiera, no te lo diría
even though — aun cuando, a pesar de que
II
1)a) (flat, smooth) <ground/surface> plano; < coat of paint> uniformeb) (regular, uniform) <color/lighting> uniforme, parejo (AmL); < breathing> acompasado, regular; < temperature> constante2) ( equal) < distribution> equitativo, igualafter four rounds they're even — tras cuatro vueltas están or van igualados or empatados
so now we're even o so that makes us even — así que estamos en paz or (AmL tb) a mano
to break even — recuperar los gastos, no tener* ni pérdidas ni beneficios
to get even with — desquitarse, vengarse*
I'll get even with her — me las pagará
3) ( divisible by two) < number> par
III
1) ( level) \<\<surface\>\> allanar, nivelar2) ( make equal) \<\<score\>\> igualar; \<\<contest/situation\>\> equilibrar•Phrasal Verbs:- even out- even up -
30 BERA
* * *I)(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.I.1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);8) to set forth, report, tell;bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;11) with preps.:bera af e-m, to surpass;en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;bera eld at, to set fire to;bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);bera e-t um, to wind round;þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;bera út barn, to expose a child;12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);láta af berast, to die;láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;berast vápn á, to attack one another;berast at or til, to happen;þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;berast í móti, to happen, occur;hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;berast við, to be prevented;ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);2) followed by preps.:Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;e-t berr á milli, comes between;leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;bera saman, to coincide;bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;fund várn bar saman, we met;3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;bar honum svá til, it so befell him;þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;4) of time, to fall upon;ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;5) denoting cause;e-t berr til, causes a thing;konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;e-t berr frá, is surpassing;er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).* * *1.u, f.I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.2.bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].A. Lat. ferre, portare:I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.II. without a sense of motion:1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.III. in law terms or modes of procedure:1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.B. Various and metaph. cases.I. denoting motion:1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case. -
31 place
pleis
1. noun1) (a particular spot or area: a quiet place in the country; I spent my holiday in various different places.) sitio, lugar2) (an empty space: There's a place for your books on this shelf.) sitio3) (an area or building with a particular purpose: a market-place.) lugar, sitio, local4) (a seat (in a theatre, train, at a table etc): He went to his place and sat down.) sitio, asiento5) (a position in an order, series, queue etc: She got the first place in the competition; I lost my place in the queue.) lugar, puesto6) (a person's position or level of importance in society etc: You must keep your secretary in her place.) sitio7) (a point in the text of a book etc: The wind was blowing the pages of my book and I kept losing my place.) página, punto8) (duty or right: It's not my place to tell him he's wrong.) función, papel, deber, obligación9) (a job or position in a team, organization etc: He's got a place in the team; He's hoping for a place on the staff.) puesto, trabajo10) (house; home: Come over to my place.) casa11) ((often abbreviated to Pl. when written) a word used in the names of certain roads, streets or squares.) plaza12) (a number or one of a series of numbers following a decimal point: Make the answer correct to four decimal places.) punto/espacio decimal
2. verb1) (to put: He placed it on the table; He was placed in command of the army.) colocar, poner, situar2) (to remember who a person is: I know I've seen her before, but I can't quite place her.) situar, recordar, identificar•- go places
- in the first
- second place
- in place
- in place of
- out of place
- put oneself in someone else's place
- put someone in his place
- put in his place
- take place
- take the place of
place1 n1. lugar / sitio2. sitio / plaza / asiento3. casato take place tener lugar / ocurrir / celebrarsewhere did the battle take place? ¿dónde tuvo lugar la batalla?place2 vb poner / colocartr[pleɪs]1 (particular position, part) lugar nombre masculino, sitio2 (proper position) lugar nombre masculino, sitio; (suitable place) lugar nombre masculino adecuado, sitio adecuado4 (in book) página5 (seat) asiento, sitio; (at table) cubierto■ can you save my place? ¿me guardas el sitio?1 (put - gen) poner; (- carefully) colocar2 (find home, job for) colocar3 (rank, class) poner, situar4 (remember - face, person) recordar; (- tune, accent) identificar■ I recognize his face, but I can't quite place him me suena su cara, pero no sé de qué\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLall over the place por todas partes, por todos ladosa place in the sun una posición destacadain place en su sitioin place of somebody / in somebody's place en el lugar de alguienin the first place... en primer lugar...out of place fuera de lugarthere's no place like home no hay nada como estar en casato be placed first «(second etc)» ocupar el primer (segundo etc) puesto, llegar el primero (segundo etc)to change places with somebody cambiar de sitio con alguiento fall into place / fit into place / slot into place encajar, cuadrarto have friends in high places tener amigos influyentesto give place to something dar paso a algoto go from place to place ir de un lugar a otro, ir de un sitio a otro, ir de un lado a otroto go places llegar lejosto hold something in place sujetar algoto know one's place saber el lugar que le corresponde a unoto place a bet hacer una apuestato place an order hacer un pedidoto place one's trust in somebody depositar su confianza en alguiento put oneself in somebody's place ponerse en el lugar de alguiento put somebody in his place poner a alguien en su sitioto take place tener lugarto take second place pasar a un segundo planoto take the place of ocupar el sitio de, reemplazar, sustituirdecimal place SMALLMATHEMATICS/SMALL punto decimalplace of birth lugar nombre masculino de nacimientoplace of residence domicilioplace of worship lugar nombre masculino de cultoplace mat individual nombre masculinoplace name topónimo1) put, set: poner, colocar2) situate: situar, ubicar, emplazarto be well placed: estar bien situadoto place in a job: colocar en un trabajo3) identify, recall: identificar, ubicar, recordarI can't place him: no lo ubico4)to place an order : hacer un pedidoplace n1) space: sitio m, lugar mthere's no place to sit: no hay sitio para sentarse2) location, spot: lugar m, sitio m, parte fplace of work: lugar de trabajoour summer place: nuestra casa de veranoall over the place: por todas partes3) rank: lugar m, puesto mhe took first place: ganó el primer lugar4) position: lugar meverything in its place: todo en su debido lugarto feel out of place: sentirse fuera de lugar5) seat: asiento m, cubierto m (a la mesa)6) job: puesto m7) role: papel m, lugar mto change places: cambiarse los papeles8)to take place : tener lugar9)to take the place of : sustituir an.• ubicación (Informática) s.f.n.• empleo s.m.• encargo s.m.• local s.m.• lugar s.m.• paraje s.m.• plaza s.f.• puesto s.m.• recinto s.m.• sitio s.m.v.• asentar v.• colocar v.• emplazar v.• fijar v.• instalar v.• localizar v.• meter v.• poner v.(§pres: pongo, pones...) pret: pus-pp: puestofut/c: pondr-•)• situar v.• ubicar v.
I pleɪs1)a) c (spot, position, area) lugar m, sitio mshe was in the right place at the right time and got the job — tuvo la suerte de estar allí en el momento oportuno y le dieron el trabajo
from place to place — de un lugar or un sitio or un lado a otro
to have friends in high places — tener* amigos influyentes
all over the place — por todas partes, por todos lados
to go places: this boy will go places — este chico va a llegar lejos
b) ( specific location) lugar mc) (in phrases)in place: when the new accounting system is in place cuando se haya implementado el nuevo sistema de contabilidad; to hold something in place sujetar algo; out of place: modern furniture would look out of place in this room quedaría mal or no resultaría apropiado poner muebles modernos en esta habitación; I felt very out of place there — me sentí totalmente fuera de lugar allí
d) u ( locality) lugar m2) ca) (building, shop, restaurant etc) sitio m, lugar mthey've moved to a bigger place — se han mudado a un local (or a una casa) más grande
b) ( home) casa fwe went back to Jim's place — después fuimos a (la) casa de Jim or (AmL tb) fuimos donde Jim or (RPl tb) a lo de Jim
3) ca) (position, role) lugar mif I were in your place — yo en tu lugar, yo que tú
nobody can ever take your place — nadie podrá jamás ocupar tu lugar or reemplazarte
to know one's place — (dated or hum) saber* el lugar que le corresponde a uno
to put somebody in her/his place — poner* a algn en su lugar
b)in place of — (as prep) en lugar de
c)to take place — ( occur) \<\<meeting/concert/wedding\>\> tener* lugar
we don't know what took place that night — no sabemos qué ocurrió or qué sucedió aquella noche
4) ca) ( seat)save me a place — guárdame un asiento or un sitio
the hall has places for 500 people — la sala tiene capacidad or cabida para 500 personas
b) ( at table) cubierto mto lay/set a place for somebody — poner* un cubierto para algn
5) c (in contest, league) puesto m, lugar mhe took first place — obtuvo el primer puesto or lugar
your social life will have to take second place — tu vida social va a tener que pasar a un segundo plano
6) c (in book, script, sequence)you've made me lose my place — me has hecho perder la página (or la línea etc) por donde iba
7) ca) ( job) puesto mto fill a place — cubrir* una vacante
b) (BrE Educ) plaza fc) ( on team) puesto m8) ( in argument) lugar min the first/second place — en primer/segundo lugar
II
1) (put, position) \<\<object\>\> poner*; (carefully, precisely) colocar*; \<\<guards/sentries\>\> poner*, apostar*, colocar*how are you placed (for) next week? — ¿cómo estás de tiempo la semana que viene?
to place one's confidence o trust in somebody/something — depositar su (or mi etc) confianza en alguien/algo
2)a) (in hierarchy, league, race)national security should be placed above everything else — la seguridad nacional debería ponerse por encima de todo
b) ( in horseracing)to be placed — llegar* placé or colocado ( en segundo o tercer lugar)
3)a) (find a home, job for) colocar*they placed her with a Boston firm — la colocaron or le encontraron trabajo en una empresa de Boston
b) \<\<advertisement\>\> poner*; \<\<phone call\>\> pedir*; \<\<goods/merchandise\>\> colocar*4) ( identify) \<\<tune\>\> identificar*, ubicar* (AmL)her face is familiar, but I can't quite place her — su cara me resulta conocida pero no sé de dónde or (AmL tb) pero no la ubico
5) ( direct carefully) \<\<ball/shot\>\> colocar*[pleɪs]1. Nthis is the place — este es el lugar, aquí es
we came to a place where... — llegamos a un lugar donde...
•
the furniture was all over the place — los muebles estaban todos manga por hombro•
in another or some other place — en otra parte•
any place will do — cualquier lugar vale or sirve•
it all began to fall into place — todo empezó a tener sentido•
when the new law/system is in place — cuando la nueva ley/el nuevo sistema entre en vigora blue suit, worn in places — un traje azul, raído a retazos
the snow was a metre deep in places — había tramos or trozos en que la nieve cubría un metro
•
this is no place for you — este no es sitio para ti•
a place in the sun — (fig) una posición envidiable2) (specific) lugar m•
place of business — [of employment] lugar m de trabajo; (=office) oficina f, despacho m ; (=shop) comercio m3) (=town, area) lugar m, sitio m•
to go places — (US) (=travel) viajar, conocer mundohe's going places * — (fig) llegará lejos
•
from place to place — de un sitio a otrohe drifted from place to place, from job to job — iba de un sitio a otro, de trabajo en trabajo
4) (=house) casa f ; (=building) sitio mwe were at Peter's place — estuvimos en casa de Pedro, estuvimos donde Pedro *
my place or yours? — ¿en mi casa o en la tuya?
I must be mad, working in this place — debo de estar loca para trabajar en este sitio or lugar
5) (in street names) plaza f6) (=proper or natural place) sitio m, lugar mdoes this have a place? — ¿tiene esto un sitio determinado?
•
his troops were in place — sus tropas estaban en su sitiohe checked that his tie was in place — comprobó que llevaba bien puesta or colocada la corbata
•
to be out of place — estar fuera de lugarI feel rather out of place here — me siento como que estoy de más aquí, aquí me siento un poco fuera de lugar
•
to laugh in or at the right place — reírse en el momento oportuno7) (in book) página f•
to find/ lose one's place — encontrar/perder la página•
to mark one's place — poner una marca (de por dónde se va) en un libro8) (=seat) asiento m ; (in cinema, theatre) localidad f ; (at table) cubierto m ; (in queue) turno m ; (in school, university, on trip) plaza f ; (in team) puesto mare there any places left? — ¿quedan plazas?
is this place taken? — ¿está ocupado este asiento?
•
to change places with sb — cambiar de sitio con algn•
to give place to — dar paso a•
to lay an extra place for sb — poner otro cubierto para algn9) (=job, vacancy) puesto mto seek a place in publishing — buscarse una colocación or un puesto en una casa editorial
10) (=position) lugar mif I were in your place — yo en tu lugar, yo que tú
•
I wouldn't mind changing places with her! — ¡no me importaría estar en su lugar!•
to know one's place — saber cuál es su lugar•
racism has no place here — aquí no hay sitio para el racismo•
she occupies a special place in the heart of the British people — ocupa un rincón especial en el corazón del pueblo británico•
to take the place of sth/sb — sustituir or suplir algo/a algnI was unable to go so Sheila took my place — yo no pude ir, así que Sheila lo hizo por mí
11) (in series, rank) posición f, lugar m•
to work sth out to three places of decimals — calcular algo hasta las milésimas or hasta con tres decimales•
Madrid won, with Bilbao in second place — ganó Madrid, con Bilbao en segunda posición or segundo lugar•
she took second place in the race/Latin exam — quedó la segunda en la carrera/el examen de Latínhe didn't like having to take second place to his wife in public — delante de la gente no le gustaba quedar en un segundo plano detrás de su mujer
for her, money takes second place to job satisfaction — para ella un trabajo gratificante va antes que el dinero
- put sb in his place12) (other phrases)•
in the first/ second place — en primer/segundo lugar•
in place of — en lugar de, en vez de•
to take place — tener lugarthe marriage will not now take place — ahora la boda no se celebrará, ahora no habrá boda
there are great changes taking place — están ocurriendo or se están produciendo grandes cambios
2. VTthe drought is placing heavy demands on the water supply — la sequía está poniendo en serios apuros al suministro de agua
unemployment places a great strain on families — el desempleo somete a las familias a una fuerte presión
2) (=give, attribute) [+ blame] echar (on a); [+ responsibility] achacar (on a); [+ importance] dar, otorgar more frm (on a)•
I had no qualms about placing my confidence in him — no tenía ningún reparo en depositar mi confianza en él•
they place too much emphasis on paper qualifications — le dan demasiada importancia a los títulos•
we should place no trust in that — no hay que fiarse de eso3) (=situate) situar, ubicarhow are you placed for money? — ¿qué tal andas de dinero?
4) (Comm) [+ order] hacer; [+ goods] colocar; (Econ) [+ money, funds] colocar, invertirgoods that are difficult to place — mercancías fpl que no encuentran salida
bet 3., 1)to place a contract for machinery with a French firm — firmar un contrato con una compañía francesa para adquirir unas máquinas
5) (=find employment for) [agency] encontrar un puesto a, colocar; [employer] ofrecer empleo a, colocar; (=find home for) colocarthe child was placed with a loving family — el niño fue (enviado) a vivir con una familia muy cariñosa
6) (of series, rank) colocar, clasificarto be placed — (in horse race) llegar colocado
they are currently placed second in the league — actualmente ocupan el segundo lugar de la clasificación
7) (=recall, identify) recordar; (=recognize) reconocer; (=identify) identificar, ubicar (LAm)I can't place her — no recuerdo de dónde la conozco, no la ubico (LAm)
3.VI(US) (in race, competition)to place second — quedar segundo, quedar en segundo lugar
4.CPDplace card N — tarjeta que indica el lugar de alguien en la mesa
place kick N — (Rugby) puntapié m colocado; (Ftbl) tiro m libre
place names (as study, in general) toponimia fplace name N — topónimo m
place setting N — cubierto m
* * *
I [pleɪs]1)a) c (spot, position, area) lugar m, sitio mshe was in the right place at the right time and got the job — tuvo la suerte de estar allí en el momento oportuno y le dieron el trabajo
from place to place — de un lugar or un sitio or un lado a otro
to have friends in high places — tener* amigos influyentes
all over the place — por todas partes, por todos lados
to go places: this boy will go places — este chico va a llegar lejos
b) ( specific location) lugar mc) (in phrases)in place: when the new accounting system is in place cuando se haya implementado el nuevo sistema de contabilidad; to hold something in place sujetar algo; out of place: modern furniture would look out of place in this room quedaría mal or no resultaría apropiado poner muebles modernos en esta habitación; I felt very out of place there — me sentí totalmente fuera de lugar allí
d) u ( locality) lugar m2) ca) (building, shop, restaurant etc) sitio m, lugar mthey've moved to a bigger place — se han mudado a un local (or a una casa) más grande
b) ( home) casa fwe went back to Jim's place — después fuimos a (la) casa de Jim or (AmL tb) fuimos donde Jim or (RPl tb) a lo de Jim
3) ca) (position, role) lugar mif I were in your place — yo en tu lugar, yo que tú
nobody can ever take your place — nadie podrá jamás ocupar tu lugar or reemplazarte
to know one's place — (dated or hum) saber* el lugar que le corresponde a uno
to put somebody in her/his place — poner* a algn en su lugar
b)in place of — (as prep) en lugar de
c)to take place — ( occur) \<\<meeting/concert/wedding\>\> tener* lugar
we don't know what took place that night — no sabemos qué ocurrió or qué sucedió aquella noche
4) ca) ( seat)save me a place — guárdame un asiento or un sitio
the hall has places for 500 people — la sala tiene capacidad or cabida para 500 personas
b) ( at table) cubierto mto lay/set a place for somebody — poner* un cubierto para algn
5) c (in contest, league) puesto m, lugar mhe took first place — obtuvo el primer puesto or lugar
your social life will have to take second place — tu vida social va a tener que pasar a un segundo plano
6) c (in book, script, sequence)you've made me lose my place — me has hecho perder la página (or la línea etc) por donde iba
7) ca) ( job) puesto mto fill a place — cubrir* una vacante
b) (BrE Educ) plaza fc) ( on team) puesto m8) ( in argument) lugar min the first/second place — en primer/segundo lugar
II
1) (put, position) \<\<object\>\> poner*; (carefully, precisely) colocar*; \<\<guards/sentries\>\> poner*, apostar*, colocar*how are you placed (for) next week? — ¿cómo estás de tiempo la semana que viene?
to place one's confidence o trust in somebody/something — depositar su (or mi etc) confianza en alguien/algo
2)a) (in hierarchy, league, race)national security should be placed above everything else — la seguridad nacional debería ponerse por encima de todo
b) ( in horseracing)to be placed — llegar* placé or colocado ( en segundo o tercer lugar)
3)a) (find a home, job for) colocar*they placed her with a Boston firm — la colocaron or le encontraron trabajo en una empresa de Boston
b) \<\<advertisement\>\> poner*; \<\<phone call\>\> pedir*; \<\<goods/merchandise\>\> colocar*4) ( identify) \<\<tune\>\> identificar*, ubicar* (AmL)her face is familiar, but I can't quite place her — su cara me resulta conocida pero no sé de dónde or (AmL tb) pero no la ubico
5) ( direct carefully) \<\<ball/shot\>\> colocar* -
32 have
1. transitive verb,1) (possess) habenI have it! — ich hab's[!]
and what have you — (coll.) und so weiter
2) (obtain) bekommenlet's not have any... — lass uns... vermeiden
come on, let's have it! — (coll.) rück schon raus damit! (ugs.)
3) (take) nehmen4) (keep) behalten; habenhave breakfast/dinner/lunch — frühstücken/zu Abend/zu Mittag essen
6) (experience) haben [Spaß, Vergnügen]7) (suffer) haben [Krankheit, Schmerz, Enttäuschung, Abenteuer]; (show) haben [Güte, Freundlichkeit, Frechheit]8) (engage in)9) (accept)I won't have it — das lasse ich mir nicht bieten
10) (give birth to) bekommen11) (coll.): (swindle)ever been had! — da bist du ganz schön reingefallen (ugs.)
12) (know)I have it on good authority that... — ich weiß es aus zuverlässiger Quelle, dass...
13) (as guest)14) (summon)he had me into his office — er hat mich in sein Büro beordert
15) (in coll. phrases)you've had it now — (coll.) jetzt ist es aus (ugs.)
2. auxiliary verb,this car/dress has had it — (coll.) dieser Wagen/dieses Kleid hat ausgedient
I have/I had read — ich habe/hatte gelesen
I have/I had gone — ich bin/war gegangen
having seen him — (because) weil ich ihn gesehen habe/hatte; (after) wenn ich ihn gesehen habe/nachdem ich ihn gesehen hatte
if I had known... — wenn ich gewusst hätte...
2) (cause to be)have something made/repaired — etwas machen/reparieren lassen
have the painters in — die Maler haben
have somebody do something — jemanden etwas tun lassen
have a tooth extracted — sich (Dat.) einen Zahn ziehen lassen
3)she had her purse stolen — man hat ihr das Portemonnaie gestohlen
4) (expr. obligation)I only have to do the washing-up — ich muss nur noch den Abwasch machen
3. nounI have only to see him to feel annoyed — ich brauche ihn nur zu sehen, und ich ärgere mich
Phrasal Verbs:- academic.ru/33887/have_off">have off- have on- have out* * *(to have or keep (something) in case or until it is needed: If you go to America please keep some money in reserve for your fare home.) in Reserve halten* * *[hæv, həv]<has, had, had>1. (forming past tenses)he has never been to Scotland before er war noch nie zuvor in Schottlandwe had been swimming wir waren schwimmen gewesenI've heard that story before ich habe diese Geschichte schon einmal gehörtI wish I'd bought it ich wünschte, ich hätte es gekauftI've passed my test — \have you? congratulations! ich habe den Test bestanden — oh, wirklich? herzlichen Glückwunsch!they still hadn't had any news sie hatten immer noch keine Neuigkeiten2. (experience)she had her car stolen last week man hat ihr letzte Woche das Auto gestohlenhe had a window smashed es wurde ihm eine Scheibe eingeschlagen3. (render)▪ to \have sth done etw tun lassen4. (must)▪ to \have [or \have got] to do sth etw tun müssenwhat time \have we got to be there? wann müssen wir dort sein?do I \have to? muss ich [das] wirklich?had I/she/he etc. done sth,... hätte ich/sie/er etc. etw getan,..., wenn ich/sie/er etc. etw getan hätte,...if only I'd known this wenn ich das nur gewusst hätteII. TRANSITIVE VERB<has, had, had>1. (possess)he's got green eyes er hat grüne Augen; (own) etw haben [o besitzen]I don't have [or haven't got] a car ich habe [o besitze] kein Autodo you have a current driving licence? haben Sie einen gültigen Führerschein?she has a degree in physics sie hat einen Hochschulabschluss in Physikto \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] the time (know the time) die Uhrzeit haben, wissen, wie spät [o wie viel Uhr] es ist; (have enough time) Zeit haben\have you got the time? kannst du mir die Uhrzeit sagen?will you \have time to finish the report today? reicht es Ihnen, den Bericht heute noch zu Ende zu schreiben?2. (suffer from)to \have cancer/polio Krebs/Polio haben, an Krebs/Polio erkrankt seinto \have a cold erkältet sein, eine Erkältung haben3. (feel)at least she had the good sense to turn the gas off zumindest war sie so schlau, das Gas abzudrehenhe had the gall to tell me that I was fat! hat er doch die Frechheit besessen, mir zu sagen, ich sei dick!to \have the decency to do sth die Anständigkeit besitzen, etw zu tunto \have the honesty to do sth so ehrlich sein, etw zu tunto \have patience/sympathy Geduld/Mitgefühl habenI \haven't any sympathy for this troublemaker ich empfinde keinerlei Mitleid mit diesem Unruhestifter4. (engage in)to \have a bath/shower ein Bad/eine Dusche nehmen, baden/duschento \have a party eine Party machento \have a swim schwimmento \have a try es versuchenI'd like to \have a try ich würde es gern einmal probierento \have a walk spazieren gehen, einen Spaziergang machen5. (consume)I haven't had shrimps in ages! ich habe schon ewig keine Shrimps mehr gegessen!\have a cigarette/some more coffee nimm doch eine Zigarette/noch etwas Kaffeewe're having sausages for lunch today zum Mittagessen gibt es heute Würstchento \have a cigarette eine Zigarette rauchento \have lunch/dinner zu Mittag/Abend essen6. (experience)we're having a wonderful time in Venice wir verbringen eine wundervolle Zeit in Venedigwe didn't \have any difficulty finding the house wir hatten keinerlei Schwierigkeiten, das Haus zu findenwe'll soon \have rain es wird bald regnenlet's not \have any trouble now! bloß kein Ärger jetzt!to \have fun/luck Spaß/Glück haben\have a nice day/evening! viel Spaß!; (to customers) einen schönen Tag noch!7. (receive)I've just had a letter from John ich habe gerade erst einen Brief von John erhaltenokay, let's \have it! okay, her [o rüber] damit! famto let sb \have sth back jdm etw zurückgebento \have news of sb Neuigkeiten von jdm erfahrenmy mother's having the children to stay die Kinder bleiben bei meiner Mutterwe had his hamster for weeks wir haben wochenlang für seinen Hamster gesorgtthey've got Ian's father staying with them Ians Vater ist bei ihnen zu Besuchthanks for having us danke für Ihre Gastfreundschaftthey solved their problems, and she had him back sie haben ihre Probleme gelöst und sie ist wieder mit ihm zusammento \have sb to visit jdn zu [o auf] Besuch habento \have visitors Besuch haben9. (feature)the new model has xenon headlights das neue Modell ist mit Xenon-Scheinwerfern ausgestattet10. (exhibit)this wine has a soft, fruity flavour dieser Wein schmeckt weich und fruchtig11. (comprise)a week has 7 days eine Wochen hat [o geh zählt] 7 Tage12. (have learned)to \have [a little] French/German Grundkenntnisse in Französisch/Deutsch haben13. (think)14. (be obliged)you simply \have to see this film! diesen Film musst du dir unbedingt anschauen!15. (give birth to)to \have a child ein Kind bekommenmy mother was 18 when she had me meine Mutter war 18, als ich geboren wurdeto be having a baby (be pregnant) ein Baby bekommen, schwanger sein16. (render)to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth ready (finish) etw fertig haben; (to hand) etw bereit haben17. (induce)▪ to \have sb do sth jdn [dazu] veranlassen, etw zu tun▪ to \have sb/sth doing sth jdn/etw dazu bringen, etw zu tunthe film soon had us crying der Film brachte uns schnell zum WeinenGuy'll \have it working in no time Guy wird es im Handumdrehen zum Laufen bringen18. (request)▪ to \have sb do sth jdn [darum] bitten, etw zu tunI'll \have the secretary run you off a copy for you ich werde von der Sekretärin eine Kopie für Sie anfertigen lassen19. (find)20. (place)she had her back to me sie lag/saß/stand mit dem Rücken zu mir21. (hold)she had the dog by the ears sie hielt den Hund fest an den Ohrento \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sb by the throat jdn bei [o an] der Kehle [o Gurgel] gepackt haben▪ to \have sb mit jdm Sex habenhow many men have you had? wie viele Männer hast du gehabt?£80 for a CD? you've been had! 80 Pfund für eine CD? dich hat man ganz schön übern Tisch gezogen! famthe GNP of Greece? you \have me there das BSP von Griechenland? da hab ich nicht den leisesten Schimmer famI think I'm going to have myself an ice cream Ich glaub', ich gönne mir ein Eisdon't worry about it anymore — just go and have yourself a nice little holiday mach dir mal keine Gedanken mehr darüber — genieße erstmal deinen Urlaub26.▶ to not \have sb/sth doing sth nicht erlauben [o zulassen], dass jd/etw etw tutwe \have it! wir haben es!rumour has it that... es geht das Gerücht [um], dass...▶ to have had it ( fam: be broken) hinüber sein fam, ausgedient haben; (be tired) fix und fertig sein fam; (be in serious trouble) dran fam [o sl geliefert] seinif she finds out, you've had it! wenn sie es herausfindet, bist du dran [o ist der Ofen aus]! fam▶ to have had it with sb/sth ( fam) von jdm/etw die Nase [gestrichen] voll haben fam, jdn/etw satthabenI've had it with his childish behaviour! sein kindisches Benehmen steht mir bis hier oben!there's no real Italian cheese to be had round here man bekommt hier nirgendwo echten italienischen KäseI won't \have it! kommt nicht infrage [o fam in die Tüte]!I'm not having any squabbling in this house ich toleriere in diesem Haus keine ZankereiI'm not having your behaviour spoil my party ich werde mir meine Feier durch dein Benehmen nicht verderben lassenI wont have you insult my wife ich lasse es nicht zu, dass Sie meine Frau beleidigen▶ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS\have got] nothing on sb ( fam: be less able) gegen jdn nicht ankommen, mit jdm nicht mithalten können; (lack evidence) nichts gegen jdn in der Hand haben, keine Handhabe gegen jdn habenhe's a good player, but he's got nothing on his brother er spielt gut, aber seinem Bruder kann er noch lange nicht das Wasser reichenIII. NOUN( fam)the \haves and the \have-nots die Besitzenden und die Besitzlosen* * *[hv] pret, ptp had, 3rd pers sing present has When have is part of a set combination, eg have a look, have a dream, have a good time, look up the noun.1. AUXILIARY VERB1) habenThe verb haben is the auxiliary used with most verbs to form past tenses in German. For important exceptions see (b).to have seen/heard/eaten — gesehen/gehört/gegessen haben
I have/had seen — ich habe/hatte gesehen
I have not/had not or I haven't/I hadn't seen him — ich habe/hatte ihn nicht gesehen
had I seen him, if I had seen him — hätte ich ihn gesehen, wenn ich ihn gesehen hätte
having said that he left — nachdem or als er das gesagt hatte, ging er Note the tenses used in the following:
I have lived or have been living here for 10 years/since January — ich wohne or lebe schon 10 Jahre/seit Januar hier
2) seinThe verb sein is used with verbs of motion, eg. gehen, fahren, or verbs implying development, eg. wachsen, and to form past tenses.to have gone/run — gegangen/gelaufen sein
3)you've seen her, haven't you? — du hast sie gesehen, oder nicht?you haven't seen her, have you? — du hast sie nicht gesehen, oder?
you haven't seen her – yes, I have — du hast sie nicht gesehen – doch or wohl (inf)
you've made a mistake – no, I haven't — du hast einen Fehler gemacht – nein(, hab ich nicht)
you've dropped your book – so I have — dir ist dein Buch hingefallen – stimmt or tatsächlich
have you been there? if you have/haven't... — sind Sie schon mal da gewesen? wenn ja/nein or nicht,...
I have seen a ghost – have you? — ich habe ein Gespenst gesehen – wahrhaftig or tatsächlich?
I've lost it – you haven't! (disbelieving) — ich habe es verloren – nein!
2. MODAL AUXILIARY VERB__diams; to have to do sth (= to be obliged) etw tun müssenI have (got esp Brit) to do it — ich muss es tun or machen
she was having to get up at 6 o'clock each morning — sie musste jeden Morgen um 6 Uhr aufstehen
it's got to be or it has to be the biggest scandal this year — das ist todsicher der (größte) Skandal des Jahres
I don't have to do it — ich muss es nicht tun, ich brauche es nicht zu tun
you didn't have to tell her — das mussten Sie ihr nicht unbedingt sagen, das hätten Sie ihr nicht unbedingt sagen müssen or brauchen
he doesn't have to work — er braucht nicht zu arbeiten, er muss nicht arbeiten
3. TRANSITIVE VERB1) = possess habenhave you (got esp Brit) or do you have a car? — hast du ein Auto?
to have something/nothing to do — etwas/nichts zu tun haben
I have (got esp Brit) work/a translation to do — ich habe zu arbeiten/eine Übersetzung zu erledigen
I must have more time —
she has (got esp Brit) blue eyes — sie hat blaue Augen
what time do you have? (US) — wie viel Uhr hast du? (inf), wie spät hast du es?
2) = receive, obtain, get habenI have it on good authority that... — ich habe aus zuverlässiger Quelle gehört or erfahren, dass...
I must have something to eat — ich brauche etwas zu essen, ich muss dringend etwas zu essen haben
there are no newspapers to be had —
I'll have the bed in this room — das Bett möchte or werde ich in dieses Zimmer stellen
thanks for having me — vielen Dank für Ihre Gastfreundschaft __diams; to let sb have sth
please let me have your address I'll let you have it for £50 — geben Sie mir bitte Ihre Adresse ich gebe es dir für £ 50
3)= eat, drink, take
to have breakfast — frühstückento have lunch/dinner — zu Mittag/Abend essen
will you have a drink/cigarette? — möchten Sie etwas zu trinken/eine Zigarette?
what will you have? – I'll have the steak — was möchten or hätten Sie gern(e)? – ich hätte or möchte gern das Steak
he had a cigarette/drink/steak —
have another one — nimm noch eine/einen/eines; (drink) trink noch einen; (cigarette) rauch noch eine
4) = catch, hold (gepackt) habenme by the throat/the hair — er hatte or hielt mich am Hals/bei den Haaren gepackt
him where I want him —
the champion had him now — der Meister hatte ihn jetzt fest im Griff or in der Tasche (inf)
5)= suffer from
he has diabetes — er ist zuckerkrank, er hat Zucker (inf)6)= experience
to have a pleasant evening — einen netten Abend verbringento have a good time — Spaß haben, sich amüsieren
8)= go for
to have a walk — einen Spaziergang machen, spazieren gehen9)= give birth to
to have a child or baby —she is having a baby in April she had twins — sie bekommt or kriegt (inf) im April ein Kind sie hat Zwillinge bekommen or geboren or gekriegt (inf)
our cat has had kittens — unsere Katze hat Junge gekriegt (inf) or bekommen
10)= cause to be
I had him in such a state that... — er war in einer solchen Verfassung, dass...he had the police baffled —
she nearly had the table over (Brit) — sie hätte den Tisch beinahe umgekippt or zum Umkippen gebracht
11)= maintain, insist
as he has it, Paul is guilty — er besteht darauf, dass Paul schuldig istas he had it, Paul isn't guilty — er wollte nichts davon hören, dass Paul schuldig ist
has it —
as the Bible/Shakespeare has it — wie es in der Bibel/bei Shakespeare steht
12)= refuse to allow
in negative sentences I won't have this nonsense — dieser Unsinn kommt (mir) nicht infrage or in Frage!I won't have this sort of rudeness! —
I won't have him insulted —
I won't have him insult his mother — ich lasse es nicht zu, dass er seine Mutter beleidigt
13) = wish mögenwhich one will you have? —
as fate would have it,... — wie es das Schicksal so wollte,...
what would you have me do? — was wollen Sie, dass ich mache?
to have one's hair cut — sich (dat) die Haare schneiden lassen
to have a suit made — sich (dat) einen Anzug machen lassen
have it mended — geben Sie es in Reparatur, lassen Sie es reparieren
he had his arm broken — er hat/hatte einen gebrochenen Arm
I've had three windows broken — (bei) mir sind drei Fenster eingeworfen worden __diams; to have sb do sth = make them do
I'll have you know... — Sie müssen nämlich wissen...
I had my friends turn against me — ich musste es erleben, wie or dass sich meine Freunde gegen mich wandten
she soon had them all reading and writing — dank ihres Engagements konnten alle schon bald lesen und schreiben __diams; to have had it
if I miss the last bus, I've had it — wenn ich den letzten Bus verpasse, bin ich geliefert (inf) or ist der Ofen aus (inf) __diams; let him have it! (inf) gibs ihm! (inf) __diams; have it your own way machen Sie es or halten Sie es, wie Sie wollen __diams; to be had ( inf
* * *A s1. the haves and the have-nots die Begüterten und die Habenichtse, die Reichen und die Armen2. Br umg Trick mB v/t prät und pperf had [hæd], 2. sg präs obs hast [hæst], 3. sg präs has [hæz], obs hath [hæθ], 2. sg prät obs hadst [hædst]1. allg haben, besitzen:he has a house (a friend, a good memory);we can’t have everything man kann nicht alles haben;you have my word for it ich gebe Ihnen mein Wort darauf;I had the whole road to myself ich hatte die ganze Straße für mich allein;2. haben, erleben:we had a fine time wir hatten viel Spaß, wir hatten es schön3. a) ein Kind bekommen4. behalten:5. Gefühle, einen Verdacht etc haben, hegenfrom von):(not) to be had (nicht) zu haben, (nicht) erhältlich7. (erfahren) haben:I have it from reliable sources ich habe es aus verlässlicher Quelle (erfahren);I have it from my friend ich habe oder weiß es von meinem FreundI had a glass of sherry ich trank ein Glas Sherry;have another sandwich nehmen Sie noch ein Sandwich!;what will you have? was nehmen Sie?;9. haben, ausführen, (mit)machen:10. können, beherrschen:she has no French sie kann nicht oder kein Französisch;have sth by heart etwas auswendig können11. (be)sagen, behaupten:he will have it that … er behauptet steif und fest, dass …;12. sagen, ausdrücken:as Byron has it wie Byron sagt13. umg erwischt haben:he had me there da hatte er mich (an meiner schwachen Stelle) erwischt, da war ich überfragt14. Br umg jemanden reinlegen:you have been had man hat dich reingelegt oder übers Ohr gehauen15. haben, dulden:I won’t have it mentioned ich will nicht, dass es erwähnt wird;he wasn’t having any umg er ließ sich auf nichts ein;16. haben, erleiden:they had broken bones sie erlitten Knochenbrüche;he had a shock er bekam einen Schock17. (vor inf) müssen:he will have to do it er wird es tun müssen;we have to obey wir haben zu oder müssen gehorchen;18. (mit Objekt und pperf) lassen:I had a suit made ich ließ mir einen Anzug machen;they had him shot sie ließen ihn erschießen19. mit Objekt und pperf zum Ausdruck des Passivs:he had a son born to him ihm wurde ein Sohn geboren;I’ve had some money stolen mir ist Geld gestohlen worden20. (mit Objekt und inf) (veran)lassen:have them come here at once lass sie sofort hierherkommen;I had him sit down ich ließ ihn Platz nehmen21. (mit Objekt und inf) es erleben, dass:I had all my friends turn against me ich erlebte es oder ich musste es erleben, dass sich alle meine Freunde gegen mich wandtenI would have you to know it ich möchte, dass Sie es wissenI had rather go than stay ich möchte lieber gehen als bleiben;you had best go du tätest am besten daran, zu gehen;he better had das wäre das Beste(, was er tun könnte)C v/i1. obs eilen:have after sb jemandem nacheilen3. they had until July 3 sie hatten bis zum 3. Juli Zeit4. I have to ich muss;do you have to? muss das sein?D v/aux1. haben:I have seen ich habe gesehen2. sein:I have it! ich habs! (ich habe die Lösung gefunden);he has had it umga) er ist reingefallen,b) er hat sein Fett (seine Strafe) weg,I didn’t know he had it in him ich wusste gar nicht, dass er dazu fähig ist oder dass er das Zeug dazu hat;I have nothing against him personally ich habe nichts gegen ihn persönlich;a) jemandem in keiner Weise überlegen sein,b) nichts gegen jemanden in der Hand haben, jemandem nichts anhaben können have it (all) over sb umg jemandem (haushoch) überlegen sein;he has it over me that … umg er ist mir insofern voraus, als …;* * *1. transitive verb,1) (possess) habenI have it! — ich hab's[!]
and what have you — (coll.) und so weiter
2) (obtain) bekommenlet's not have any... — lass uns... vermeiden
come on, let's have it! — (coll.) rück schon raus damit! (ugs.)
3) (take) nehmen4) (keep) behalten; haben5) (eat, drink, etc.)have breakfast/dinner/lunch — frühstücken/zu Abend/zu Mittag essen
6) (experience) haben [Spaß, Vergnügen]7) (suffer) haben [Krankheit, Schmerz, Enttäuschung, Abenteuer]; (show) haben [Güte, Freundlichkeit, Frechheit]8) (engage in)9) (accept)10) (give birth to) bekommen11) (coll.): (swindle)I was had — ich bin [he]reingelegt worden (ugs.)
12) (know)I have it on good authority that... — ich weiß es aus zuverlässiger Quelle, dass...
13) (as guest)14) (summon)15) (in coll. phrases)you've had it now — (coll.) jetzt ist es aus (ugs.)
2. auxiliary verb,this car/dress has had it — (coll.) dieser Wagen/dieses Kleid hat ausgedient
I have/I had read — ich habe/hatte gelesen
I have/I had gone — ich bin/war gegangen
having seen him — (because) weil ich ihn gesehen habe/hatte; (after) wenn ich ihn gesehen habe/nachdem ich ihn gesehen hatte
if I had known... — wenn ich gewusst hätte...
have something made/repaired — etwas machen/reparieren lassen
have a tooth extracted — sich (Dat.) einen Zahn ziehen lassen
3)4) (expr. obligation)3. nounI have only to see him to feel annoyed — ich brauche ihn nur zu sehen, und ich ärgere mich
Phrasal Verbs:- have off- have on- have out* * *(a) temperature expr.fiebern v. (take) pity on someone expr.mit jemandem Mitleid haben ausdr. (to possess) v.besitzen v. v.(§ p.,p.p.: had)= bekommen v.haben v.(§ p.,pp.: hatte, gehabt) -
33 be
'bi: ɡi:( abbreviation) (Bachelor of Engineering; first degree in Engineering.) licenciatura en Ingenieríabe vb1. serwhat time is it? It's 3 o'clock ¿qué hora es? Son las treswho is it? It's me ¿quién es? Soy yo2. estarhow are you? I'm fine ¿cómo estás? estoy bienwhere is Pauline? ¿dónde está Pauline?how far is it? ¿a qué distancia está?what day is it today? ¿qué día es hoy? / ¿a qué día estamos?3. tenerhow old are you? I'm 16 ¿cuántos años tienes? tengo 16 años4. costar / valer / serhow much is it? ¿cuánto cuesta? / ¿cuánto vale? / ¿cuánto es?the tickets are £15 each las entradas valen 15 libras cada una5. hacer6. haberhow many children are there? ¿cuántos niños hay?Se usa también para construir el tiempo verbal llamado present continuous que indica una acción que está pasando en estos momentoswhat are you doing? ¿qué estás haciendo? / ¿qué haces?look, it's snowing mira, está nevando
be sustantivo femenino: name of the letter b, often called be largaor grande to distinguish it from v 'be' also found in these entries: Spanish: A - abasto - abate - abismo - abotargarse - abreviar - abrirse - absoluta - absoluto - abultar - abundar - aburrir - aburrirse - acabose - acariciar - acaso - acertar - achantarse - acometer - acostada - acostado - acostumbrar - acostumbrada - acostumbrado - acreditar - activa - activo - adelantar - adelantarse - adentro - adivinarse - admirarse - adolecer - aferrarse - afianzarse - aficionada - aficionado - afligirse - agonizar - agotarse - agradecer - agua - ahogarse - ahora - aire - ajo - ala - alarmarse - alcanzar - alegrarse English: aback - abate - about - absent - accordance - account for - accountable - accustom - acquaint - action - addicted - address - adequate - adjust - admit - affiliated - afford - afraid - agenda - agree - agreement - ahead - air - airsick - alert - alive - alone - along - aloof - alphabetically - always - am - ambition - amenable - amusing - anathema - annoyance - anomaly - anxious - apologetic - appal - appall - are - arm - around - arrears - as - ashamed - aspire - assertbetr[biː]intransitive verb (pres 1ª pers am, 2ª pers sing y todas del pl are, 3ª pers sing is; pt 1ª y 3ª pers sing was, 2ª pers sing y todas del pl; pp been)2 (essential quality) ser3 (nationality) ser4 (occupation) ser5 (origin) ser6 (ownership) ser7 (authorship) ser8 (composition) ser9 (use) ser10 (location) estar11 (temporary state) estar■ how are you? ¿cómo estás?12 (age) tener13 (price) costar, valer■ a single ticket is £9.50 un billete de ida cuesta £9.5014 tener■ he's hot/cold tiene calor/frío■ we're hungry/thirsty tenemos hambre/sed1 (passive) ser■ she was arrested at the border fue detenida en la frontera, la detuvieron en la frontera■ he's hated by everybody es odiado por todos, todos lo odian■ he was discharged fue dado de alta, lo dieron de alta■ the house has been sold la casa ha sido vendida, la casa se ha vendido, han vendido la casa■ thirty children were injured treinta niños fueron heridos, treinta niños resultaron heridos■ the two areas of the town are divided by a wall las dos zonas de la ciudad están divididas por un muro1 (obligation) deber, tener que1 (future)phrase there is / there are1 hay■ is there much traffic ¿hay mucho tráfico?1 había■ were there many people? ¿había mucha gente?1 habrá1 habría■ if Mike came, there would be ten of us si viniera Mike, seríamos diez\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto be about to «+ inf» estar para + inf, estar a punto de + infto be or not to be ser o no serbe ['bi:] v, was ['wəz, 'wɑz] ; were ['wər] ; been ['bɪn] ; being ; am ['æm] ; is ['ɪz] ; are ['ɑr] viJosé is a doctor: José es doctorI'm Ana's sister: soy la hermana de Anathe tree is tall: el árbol es altoyou're silly!: ¡eres tonto!she's from Managua: es de Managuait's mine: es míomy mother is at home: mi madre está en casathe cups are on the table: las tazas están en la mesato be or not to be: ser, o no serI think, therefore I am: pienso, luego existohow are you?: ¿cómo estás?I'm cold: tengo fríoshe's 10 years old: tiene 10 añosthey're both sick: están enfermos los dosbe v impersit's eight o'clock: son las ochoit's Friday: hoy es viernesit's sunny: hace solit's very dark outside: está bien oscuro afuerabe v auxwhat are you doing? -I'm working: ¿qué haces? -estoy trabajandoit was finished yesterday: fue acabado ayer, se acabó ayerit was cooked in the oven: se cocinó en el hornocan she be trusted?: ¿se puede confiar en ella?you are to stay here: debes quedarte aquíhe was to come yesterday: se esperaba que viniese ayerbev.(§ p.,p.p.: was, were, been) = estar v.(§pres: estoy, estás...) pret: estuv-•)• ser v.(§pres: soy, eres, es, somos, sois, son) subj: se-imp: er-fu-•)biːˌ weak form bi
1.
2)a) (followed by an adjective)she's French/intelligent — es francesa/inteligente
he's worried/furious — está preocupado/furioso
he's blind — es or (Esp tb) está ciego
have you never had gazpacho? it's delicious! — ¿nunca has comido gazpacho? es delicioso!
the gazpacho is delicious, did you make it yourself? — el gazpacho está delicioso ¿lo hiciste tú?
she was very rude to me — estuvo or fue muy grosera conmigo
Tony is married/divorced/single — Tony está or (esp AmL) es casado/divorciado/soltero
to be married to somebody — estar* casado con alguien
3)a) (followed by a noun) ser*who was Prime Minister at the time? — ¿quién era Primer Ministro en ese momento?
it's me/Daniel — soy yo/es Daniel
if I were you, I'd stay — yo que tú or yo en tu lugar me quedaría
b) ( play the role of) hacer* de4)how are you? — ¿cómo estás?
I'm much better — estoy or me encuentro mucho mejor
she's pregnant/tired — está embarazada/cansada
I'm cold/hot/hungry/thirsty/sleepy — tengo frío/calor/hambre/sed/sueño
b) ( talking about age) tener*how old are you? — ¿cuántos años tienes?
he's a lot older/younger — es mucho mayor/menor
c) (giving cost, measurement, weight)how much is that? - that'll be $15, please — ¿cuánto es? - (son) 15 dólares, por favor
they are $15 each — cuestan or valen 15 dólares cada una
how tall/heavy is he? — ¿cuánto mide/pesa?
5)a) (exist, live)I think, therefore I am — pienso, luego existo
to let something/somebody be — dejar tranquilo or en paz algo/a alguien
b) ( in expressions of time)don't be too long — no tardes mucho, no (te) demores mucho (esp AmL)
I'm drying my hair, I won't be long — me estoy secando el pelo, enseguida estoy
how long will dinner be? — ¿cuánto falta para la cena?
c) ( take place) ser*6) (be situated, present) estar*where is the library? — ¿dónde está or queda la biblioteca?
where are you? — ¿dónde estás?
what's in that box? — ¿qué hay en esa caja?
who's in the movie? — ¿quién actúa or trabaja en la película?
how long are you in Chicago (for)? — (colloq) ¿cuánto (tiempo) te vas a quedar en Chicago ?
7) (only in perfect tenses) ( visit) estar*have you been to the exhibition yet? — ¿ya has estado en or has ido a la exposición?
2.
v impers1)a) (talking about physical conditions, circumstances)it's sunny/cold/hot — hace sol/frío/calor
it's so noisy/quiet in here! — qué ruido/silencio hay aquí!
I have enough problems as it is, without you... — yo ya tengo suficientes problemas sin que tú encima...
b) ( in expressions of time) ser*hi, Joe, it's been a long time — qué tal, Joe, tanto tiempo (sin verte)
c) ( talking about distance) estar*it's 500 miles from here to Detroit — Detroit queda or está a 500 millas de aquí
2)a) (introducing person, object) ser*it was me who told them — fui yo quien se lo dije or dijo, fui yo el que se lo dije or dijo
b) (in conditional use) ser*if it hadn't been o had it not been for Juan, we would have been killed — si no hubiera sido por Juan or de no ser por Juan, nos habríamos matado
3.
v aux1) to be -inga) ( used to describe action in progress) estar* + gerwhat was I saying? — ¿qué estaba diciendo?
she was leaving when... — se iba cuando...
how long have you been waiting? — ¿cuánto (tiempo) hace que esperas?, ¿cuánto (tiempo) llevas esperando?
b) ( with future reference)he is o will be arriving tomorrow — llega mañana
when are you seeing her? — ¿cuándo la vas a ver or la verás?
2) (in the passive voice) ser* [The passive voice, however, is less common in Spanish than it is in English]it was built in 1903 — fue construido en 1903, se construyó en 1903, lo construyeron en 1903
she was told that... — le dijeron or se le dijo que...
it is known that... — se sabe que...
3) to be to + infa) ( with future reference)if a solution is to be found... — si se quiere encontrar or si se ha de encontrar una solución...
b) ( expressing possibility)what are we to do? — ¿qué podemos hacer?
c) ( expressing obligation) deber* + inf, tener* que + inf, haber* de + inftell her she's to stay here — dile que debe quedarse or tiene que quedarse aquí, dile que se quede aquí
am I to understand that... ? — ¿debo entender que... ?
4) ( in hypotheses)what would happen if she were o was to die? — ¿qué pasaría si ella muriera?
5)she's right, isn't she? — tiene razón, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?
so that's what you think, is it? — de manera que eso es lo que piensas
are you disappointed? - yes, I am/no, I'm not — ¿estás desilusionado? - sí (, lo estoy)/no (, no lo estoy)
she was told the news, and so was he/but I wasn't — a ella le dieron la noticia, y también a él/pero a mí no
[biː] (present am, is or are pt was or were pp been)I'm surprised, are/aren't you? — estoy sorprendido, ¿y tú?/¿tú no?
1. INTRANSITIVE VERB1) (linking nouns, noun phrases, pronouns) serit's me! — ¡soy yo!
who wants to be Hamlet? — ¿quién quiere hacer de or ser Hamlet?
if I were you... — yo en tu lugar..., yo que tú... *
2) (possession) serUse [estar] with past participles used as adjectives describing the results of an action or process:it's round/enormous — es redondo/enorme
4) (changeable or temporary state) estarshe's bored/ill — está aburrida/enferma
how are you? — ¿cómo estás?, ¿qué tal estás?
how are you now? — ¿qué tal te encuentras ahora?
In certain expressions where English uses [be] + adjective to describe feelings ([be cold]/[hot]/[hungry]/[thirsty]), Spanish uses [tener] with a noun:I'm very well, thanks — estoy muy bien, gracias
I'm cold/hot — tengo frío/calor
I'm hungry/thirsty — tengo hambre/sed
afraid, sleepy, rightbe good! — ¡pórtate bien!
5) (age)"how old is she?" - "she's nine" — -¿cuántos años tiene? -tiene nueve años
6) (=take place) ser7) (=be situated) estarit's on the table — está sobre or en la mesa
where is the Town Hall? — ¿dónde está or queda el ayuntamiento?
it's 5 km to the village — el pueblo está or queda a 5 kilómetros
we've been here for ages — hace mucho tiempo que estamos aquí, llevamos aquí mucho tiempo, estamos aquí desde hace mucho tiempo
•
here you are(, take it) — aquí tienes(, tómalo)•
there's the church — ahí está la iglesiaa) (referring to weather) hacerit's hot/cold — hace calor/frío
b) (referring to time, date etc) serwake up, it's morning — despierta, es de día
what's the date (today)? — ¿qué fecha es hoy?
But note the following alternatives with [estar]:it's 3 May or the 3rd of May — es 3 de mayo
it's 3 May or the 3rd of May — estamos a 3 de mayo
c) (asking and giving opinion) seris it certain that...? — ¿es verdad or cierto que...?
is it fair that she should be punished while...? — ¿es justo que se la castigue mientras que...?
it is possible that he'll come — es posible que venga, puede (ser) que venga
it is unbelievable that... — es increíble que...
it's not clear whether... — no está claro si...
d) (emphatic) serwhy is it that she's so successful? — ¿cómo es que tiene tanto éxito?, ¿por qué tiene tanto éxito?
it was then that... — fue entonces cuando...
9) (=exist) haberthere is/are — hay
what is (there) in that room? — ¿qué hay en esa habitación?
is there anyone at home? — ¿hay alguien en casa?
there being no alternative solution... — al no haber or no habiendo otra solución...
let there be light! — ¡hágase la luz!
See:THERE IS, THERE ARE in there10) (=cost)how much was it? — ¿cuánto costó?
the book is £20 — el libro vale or cuesta 20 libras
how much is it? — ¿cuánto es?; (when paying) ¿qué le debo? frm
11) (=visit)has the postman been? — ¿ha venido el cartero?
have you ever been to Glasgow? — ¿has estado en Glasgow alguna vez?
12) (in noun compounds) futuro•
my wife to be — mi futura esposa•
been and * —you've been and done it now! — ¡buena la has hecho! *
that dog of yours has been and dug up my flowers! — ¡tu perro ha ido y me ha destrozado las flores!
•
you're busy enough as it is — estás bastante ocupado ya con lo que tienes, ya tienes suficiente trabajo•
if it hadn't been for..., if it hadn't been for you or frm had it not been for you, we would have lost — si no hubiera sido por ti or de no haber sido por ti, habríamos perdido•
let me be! — ¡déjame en paz!•
if that's what you want to do, then so be it — si eso es lo que quieres hacer, adelante•
what is it to you? * — ¿a ti qué te importa?2. AUXILIARY VERB1) (forming passive) serThe passive is not used as often in Spanish as in English, active and reflexive constructions often being preferred:it is said that... — dicen que..., se dice que...
she was killed in a car crash — murió en un accidente de coche, resultó muerta en un accidente de coche frm
what's to be done? — ¿qué hay que hacer?
•
it's a film not to be missed — es una película que no hay que perderse•
we searched everywhere for him, but he was nowhere to be seen — lo buscamos por todas partes pero no lo encontramos en ningún sitio2) (forming continuous) estarUse the present simple to talk about planned future events and the construction to talk about intention:what are you doing? — ¿qué estás haciendo?, ¿qué haces?
"it's a pity you aren't coming with us" - "but I am coming!" — -¡qué pena que no vengas con nosotros! -¡sí que voy!
will you be seeing her tomorrow? — ¿la verás or la vas a ver mañana?
will you be needing more? — ¿vas a necesitar más?
The imperfect tense can be used for continuous action in the past: for, sinceI'll be seeing you — hasta luego, nos vemos (esp LAm)
a)"he's going to complain about you" - "oh, is he?" — -va a quejarse de ti -¿ah, sí?
"I'm worried" - "so am I" — -estoy preocupado -yo también
"I'm not ready" - "neither am I" — -no estoy listo -yo tampoco
"you're tired" - "no, I'm not" — -estás cansado -no, ¡qué va!
"you're not eating enough" - "yes I am" — -no comes lo suficiente -que sí
"they're getting married" - "oh, are they?" — (showing surprise) -se casan -¿ah, sí? or -¡no me digas!
"he isn't very happy" - "oh, isn't he?" — -no está muy contento -¿ah, no?
"he's always late, isn't he?" - "yes, he is" — -siempre llega tarde, ¿verdad? -(pues) sí
"is it what you expected?" - "no, it isn't" — -¿es esto lo que esperabas? -(pues) no
"she's pretty" - "no, she isn't" — -es guapa -¡qué va!
he's handsome, isn't he? — es guapo, ¿verdad?, es guapo, ¿no?, es guapo, ¿no es cierto?
it was fun, wasn't it? — fue divertido, ¿verdad?, fue divertido, ¿no?
she wasn't happy, was she? — no era feliz, ¿verdad?
so he's back again, is he? — así que ha vuelto, ¿eh?
you're not ill, are you? — ¿no estarás enfermo?
3. MODAL VERB(with infinitive construction)1) (=must, have to)he's not to open it — no debe abrirlo, que no lo abra
I am to do it — he de hacerlo yo, soy yo el que debe hacerlo
I wasn't to tell you his name — no podía or debía decirte su nombre
2) (=should) deberam I to understand that...? — ¿debo entender que...?
she wrote "My Life", not to be confused with Bernstein's book of the same name — escribió "Mi Vida", que no debe confundirse con la obra de Bernstein que lleva el mismo título
he was to have come yesterday — tenía que or debía haber venido ayer
3) (=will)4) (=can)if it was or were to snow... — si nevase or nevara...
BEif I were to leave the job, would you replace me? — si yo dejara el puesto, ¿me sustituirías?
"Ser" or "estar"?
You can use "ser": ► when defining or identifying by linking two nouns or noun phrases:
Paris is the capital of France París es la capital de Francia
He was the most hated man in the village Era el hombre más odiado del pueblo ► to describe essential or inherent characteristics (e.g. colour, material, nationality, race, shape, size {etc}):
His mother is German Su madre es alemana
She was blonde Era rubia ► with most impersonal expressions not involving past participles:
It is important to be on time Es importante llegar a tiempo
Está claro que is an exception:
It is obvious you don't understand Está claro que no lo entiendes ► when telling the time or talking about time or age:
It is ten o'clock Son las diez
It's very late. Let's go home Es muy tarde. Vamos a casa
He lived in the country when he was young Vivió en el campo cuando era joven ► to indicate possession or duty:
It's mine Es mío
This is your responsibility Este asunto es responsabilidad tuya ► with events in the sense of "take place":
The 1992 Olympic Games were in Barcelona Los Juegos Olímpicos de 1992 fueron en Barcelona
"Where is the exam?" - "It's in Room 1" "¿Dónde es el examen?" - "Es en el Aula Número 1" NOTE: Compare this usage with that of estar (see below) to talk about location of places, objects and people.
You can use "estar": ► to talk about location of places, objects and people:
"Where is Zaragoza?" - "It's in Spain" "¿Dónde está Zaragoza?" - "Está en España"
Your glasses are on the bedside table Tus gafas están en la mesilla de noche NOTE: But use ser with events in the sense of "take place" (see above)}. ► to talk about changeable state, condition or mood:
The teacher is ill La profesora está enferma
The coffee's cold El café está frío
How happy I am! ¡Qué contento estoy! NOTE: Feliz, however, which is seen as more permanent than contento, is used mainly with ser. ► to form progressive tenses:
We're having lunch. Is it ok if I call you later? Estamos comiendo. Te llamaré luego, ¿vale?
Both "ser" and "estar" can be used with past participles ► Use ser in {passive} constructions:
This play was written by Lorca Esta obra fue escrita por Lorca
He was shot dead (by a terrorist group) Fue asesinado a tiros (por un grupo terrorista) NOTE: The passive is not used as often in Spanish as it is in English. ► Use estar with past participles to describe the {results} of a previous action or event:
We threw them away because they were broken Los tiramos a la basura porque estaban rotos
He's dead Está muerto ► Compare the use of ser + ((past participle)) which describes {action} and estar + ((past participle)) which describes {result} in the following:
The window was broken by the firemen La ventana fue rota por los bomberos
The window was broken La ventana estaba rota
It was painted around 1925 Fue pintado hacia 1925
The floor is painted a dark colour El suelo está pintado de color oscuro ► Ser and estar are both used in impersonal expressions with past participles. As above, the use of ser implies {action} while the use of estar implies {result}:
It is understood that the work was never finished Es sabido que el trabajo nunca se llegó a terminar
It is a proven fact that vaccinations save many lives Está demostrado que las vacunas salvan muchas vidas
"Ser" and "estar" with adjectives ► Some adjectives can be used with both ser and estar but the meaning changes completely depending on the verb:
He's clever Es listo
Are you ready? ¿Estás listo?
Chemistry is boring La química es aburrida
I'm bored Estoy aburrido ► Other adjectives can also be used with both verbs but the use of ser describes a {characteristic} while the use of estar implies a {change}:
He's very handsome Es muy guapo
You look great in that dress! Estás muy guapa con ese vestido
He's slim Es delgado
You're (looking) very slim ¡Estás muy delgada! For further uses and examples, see main entry* * *[biːˌ] weak form [bi]
1.
2)a) (followed by an adjective)she's French/intelligent — es francesa/inteligente
he's worried/furious — está preocupado/furioso
he's blind — es or (Esp tb) está ciego
have you never had gazpacho? it's delicious! — ¿nunca has comido gazpacho? es delicioso!
the gazpacho is delicious, did you make it yourself? — el gazpacho está delicioso ¿lo hiciste tú?
she was very rude to me — estuvo or fue muy grosera conmigo
Tony is married/divorced/single — Tony está or (esp AmL) es casado/divorciado/soltero
to be married to somebody — estar* casado con alguien
3)a) (followed by a noun) ser*who was Prime Minister at the time? — ¿quién era Primer Ministro en ese momento?
it's me/Daniel — soy yo/es Daniel
if I were you, I'd stay — yo que tú or yo en tu lugar me quedaría
b) ( play the role of) hacer* de4)how are you? — ¿cómo estás?
I'm much better — estoy or me encuentro mucho mejor
she's pregnant/tired — está embarazada/cansada
I'm cold/hot/hungry/thirsty/sleepy — tengo frío/calor/hambre/sed/sueño
b) ( talking about age) tener*how old are you? — ¿cuántos años tienes?
he's a lot older/younger — es mucho mayor/menor
c) (giving cost, measurement, weight)how much is that? - that'll be $15, please — ¿cuánto es? - (son) 15 dólares, por favor
they are $15 each — cuestan or valen 15 dólares cada una
how tall/heavy is he? — ¿cuánto mide/pesa?
5)a) (exist, live)I think, therefore I am — pienso, luego existo
to let something/somebody be — dejar tranquilo or en paz algo/a alguien
b) ( in expressions of time)don't be too long — no tardes mucho, no (te) demores mucho (esp AmL)
I'm drying my hair, I won't be long — me estoy secando el pelo, enseguida estoy
how long will dinner be? — ¿cuánto falta para la cena?
c) ( take place) ser*6) (be situated, present) estar*where is the library? — ¿dónde está or queda la biblioteca?
where are you? — ¿dónde estás?
what's in that box? — ¿qué hay en esa caja?
who's in the movie? — ¿quién actúa or trabaja en la película?
how long are you in Chicago (for)? — (colloq) ¿cuánto (tiempo) te vas a quedar en Chicago ?
7) (only in perfect tenses) ( visit) estar*have you been to the exhibition yet? — ¿ya has estado en or has ido a la exposición?
2.
v impers1)a) (talking about physical conditions, circumstances)it's sunny/cold/hot — hace sol/frío/calor
it's so noisy/quiet in here! — qué ruido/silencio hay aquí!
I have enough problems as it is, without you... — yo ya tengo suficientes problemas sin que tú encima...
b) ( in expressions of time) ser*hi, Joe, it's been a long time — qué tal, Joe, tanto tiempo (sin verte)
c) ( talking about distance) estar*it's 500 miles from here to Detroit — Detroit queda or está a 500 millas de aquí
2)a) (introducing person, object) ser*it was me who told them — fui yo quien se lo dije or dijo, fui yo el que se lo dije or dijo
b) (in conditional use) ser*if it hadn't been o had it not been for Juan, we would have been killed — si no hubiera sido por Juan or de no ser por Juan, nos habríamos matado
3.
v aux1) to be -inga) ( used to describe action in progress) estar* + gerwhat was I saying? — ¿qué estaba diciendo?
she was leaving when... — se iba cuando...
how long have you been waiting? — ¿cuánto (tiempo) hace que esperas?, ¿cuánto (tiempo) llevas esperando?
b) ( with future reference)he is o will be arriving tomorrow — llega mañana
when are you seeing her? — ¿cuándo la vas a ver or la verás?
2) (in the passive voice) ser* [The passive voice, however, is less common in Spanish than it is in English]it was built in 1903 — fue construido en 1903, se construyó en 1903, lo construyeron en 1903
she was told that... — le dijeron or se le dijo que...
it is known that... — se sabe que...
3) to be to + infa) ( with future reference)if a solution is to be found... — si se quiere encontrar or si se ha de encontrar una solución...
b) ( expressing possibility)what are we to do? — ¿qué podemos hacer?
c) ( expressing obligation) deber* + inf, tener* que + inf, haber* de + inftell her she's to stay here — dile que debe quedarse or tiene que quedarse aquí, dile que se quede aquí
am I to understand that... ? — ¿debo entender que... ?
4) ( in hypotheses)what would happen if she were o was to die? — ¿qué pasaría si ella muriera?
5)she's right, isn't she? — tiene razón, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?
so that's what you think, is it? — de manera que eso es lo que piensas
are you disappointed? - yes, I am/no, I'm not — ¿estás desilusionado? - sí (, lo estoy)/no (, no lo estoy)
she was told the news, and so was he/but I wasn't — a ella le dieron la noticia, y también a él/pero a mí no
I'm surprised, are/aren't you? — estoy sorprendido, ¿y tú?/¿tú no?
-
34 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
35 facio
făcĭo, feci, factum, 3, v. a. and n.; in pass.: fio, factus, fieri ( imper. usually fac, but the arch form face is freq., esp. in Plaut. and Ter., as Plaut. As. prol. 4; 1, 1, 77; id. Aul. 2, 1, 30; id. Cist. 2, 1, 28; id. Ep. 1, 1, 37; 2, 2, 117; id. Most. 3, 2, 167 et saep.; Ter. And. 4, 1, 57; 4, 2, 29; 5, 1, 2; 14; id. Eun. 1, 2, 10 al.; Cato, R. R. 23, 1; 26; 32 al.; Cat. 63, 78; 79; 82; Ov. Med. fac. 60; Val. Fl. 7, 179 al.; futur. facie for faciam, Cato ap. Quint. 1, 7, 23; cf. dico, init., and the letter e:I.faxo,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 199; 2, 1, 42; 3, 3, 17; 3, 4, 14; 5, 1, 55 et saep.; Ter. And. 5, 2, 13; id. Eun. 2, 2, 54; 4, 3, 21 al.; Verg. A. 9, 154; 12, 316; Ov. M. 3, 271; 12, 594: faxim, Enn. ap. Non. 507, 23; Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 13; id. Aul. 3, 2, 6; 3, 5, 20 al.; Ter. And. 4, 4, 14; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 13:faxis,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 38; Sil. 15, 362: faxit, Lex Numae in Paul. ex Fest. s. v. ALIVTA, p. 6 Mull.; Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 12; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 90; 3, 5, 54; id. Cas. 3, 5, 6 al.; Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 24; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:faximus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 40: faxitis, an old form in Liv. 23, 11, 2; 25, 12, 10; 29, 27, 3:faxint,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 85; id. Aul. 2, 1, 27; 2, 2, 79 al.; Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 109; id. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 3, 2, 19; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81; id. Fam. 14, 3, 3.—In pass. imper.:fi,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 87; Hor. S. 2, 5, 38; Pers. 1, 1, 39:fite,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89 al. — Indic.: facitur, Nigid. ap. Non. 507, 15: fitur, Cato ap. Prisc. p. 789:fiebantur,
id. ib.: fitum est, Liv. Andron. ap. Non. 475, 16.— Subj.: faciatur, Titin. ib.— Inf.: fiere, Enn. ap. Charis. p. 75 P.; Ann. v. 15, ed. Vahl.; Laev. ap. Gell. 19, 7, 10.—On the long i of fit, v. Ritschl, prol. p. 184, and cf. Plaut. Capt. prol. 25: ut fit in bello) [prob. root bha-; Sanscr. bhasas, light; Gr. pha-, in phainô, phêmi; cf. fax, facetiae, facilis, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 423.—But Curt. refers facio to root the- (strengthened THEK), Griech. Etym. p. 64], to make in all senses, to do, perform, accomplish, prepare, produce, bring to pass, cause, effect, create, commit, perpetrate, form, fashion, etc. (cf. in gen.:ago, factito, reddo, operor, tracto): verbum facere omnem omnino faciendi causam complectitur, donandi, solvendi, judicandi, ambulandi, numerandi,
Dig. 50, 16, 218.Act.A.In gen.(α).With acc.: ut faber, cum quid aedificaturus est, non ipse facit materiam, sed ea utitur, quae sit parata, etc.... Quod si non est a deo materia facta, ne terra quidem et aqua et aer et ignis a deo factus est, Cic. N. D. Fragm. ap. Lact. 2, 8 (Cic. ed. Bait. 7, p. 121):(β).sphaera ab Archimede facta,
Cic. Rep. 1, 14:fecitque idem et sepsit de manubiis comitium et curiam,
id. ib. 2, 17:aedem,
id. ib. 2, 20:pontem in Arari faciundum curat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 1:castra,
id. ib. 1, 48, 2; Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 4:faber vasculum fecit,
Quint. 7, 10, 9:classem,
Caes. B. G. 4, 21, 4:cenas et facere et obire,
Cic. Att. 9, 13, 6:ignem lignis viridibus,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 17, § 45:poema,
to compose, id. Pis. 29, 70:carmina,
Juv. 7, 28:versus,
id. 7, 38:sermonem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1; cf.litteram,
id. Ac. 2, 2, 6: ludos, to celebrate, exhibit = edere, id. Rep. 2, 20; id. Att. 15, 10;also i. q. ludificari,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 47:sementes,
i. e. to sow, Caes. B. G. 1, 3, 1:messem,
Col. 2, 10, 28:pecuniam,
to make, acquire, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:manum (with parare copias),
to collect, prepare, id. Caecin. 12, 33; so,cohortes,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87, 4:exercitum,
Vell. 2, 109, 2; and:auxilia mercede,
Tac. A. 6, 33:iter,
Cic. Att. 3, 1; id. Planc. 26, 65; id. Div. 1, 33, 73 et saep.; cf.also the phrases: aditum sibi ad aures,
Quint. 4, 1, 46:admirationem alicujus rei alicui,
to excite, Liv. 25, 11, 18; Sen. Ep. 115:aes alienum,
Cic. Att. 13, 46, 4; Liv. 2, 23, 5; Sen. Ep. 119, 1:alienationem disjunctionemque,
Cic. Lael. 21, 76:animum alicui,
Liv. 25, 11, 10:arbitrium de aliquo,
to decide, Hor. C. 4, 7, 21;opp. arbitrium alicui in aliqua re,
i. e. to leave the decision to one, Liv. 43, 15, 5:audaciam hosti,
id. 29, 34, 10:audientiam orationi,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 13, 42:auspicium alicui,
Liv. 1, 34, 9; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 86:auctoritatem,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 43:bellum,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 35; Caes. B. G. 3, 29, 2:multa bona alicui,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 46:castra,
to pitch, Tac. H. 5, 1:caulem,
to form, Col. Arb. 54:clamores,
to make, raise, Cic. Brut. 95, 326:cognomen alicui,
to give, Liv. 1, 3, 9:commercium sermonis,
id. 5, 15, 5:concitationes,
Caes. B. C. 3, 106 fin.:conjurationes,
to form, id. B. G. 4, 30 fin.:consuetudinem alicui cum altero,
Cic. Fam. 13, 23, 1:consilia alicui,
Liv. 35, 42, 8:contentionem cum aliquo,
Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137:controversiam,
to occasion, id. Or. 34, 121:convicium magnum alicui,
id. Fam. 10, 16, 1:copiam pugnandi militibus,
Liv. 7, 13, 10:corpus,
to grow fat, corpulent, Cels. 7, 3 fin.; Phaedr. 3, 7, 5:curam,
Tac. A. 3, 52:damnum,
to suffer, Cic. Brut. 33, 125:detrimentum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 20:desiderium alicujus, rei alicui,
Liv. 3, 34, 7; 7, 24, 10:dicta,
Ov. F. 2, 375; 3, 515:difficultatem,
Quint. 10, 3, 10 and 16:discordiam,
to cause, Tac. H. 3, 48:discrimen,
Quint. 7, 2, 14; 11, 1, 43:disjunctionem (with alienationem),
Cic. Lael. 21, 76:dolorem alicui,
id. Att. 11, 8, 2:dulcedinem,
Sen. Ep. 111:eloquentiam alicui (ira),
Quint. 6, 2, 26:epigramma,
to write, Cic. Arch. 10, 25:errorem,
Sen. Ep. 67:eruptiones ex oppido,
Caes. B. C. 2, 2, 5:exemplum,
Quint. 5, 2, 2: exempla = edere or statuere, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 66. exercitum, to raise, muster, Tac. A. 6, 33:exspectationem,
Quint. 9, 2, 23:facinus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 1; Cic. Fin. 2, 29, 95; Tac. A. 12, 31:facultatem recte judicandi alicui,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 73, § 179:fallaciam,
Ter. And. 1, 8, 7:famam ingenii,
Quint. 11, 2, 46:fastidium,
Liv. 3, 1, 7:favorem alicui,
id. 42, 14, 10; Quint. 4, 1, 33:fidem alicui,
Cic. Cat. 3, 2, 4; id. Att. 7, 8, 1; Quint. 6, 2, 18:finem,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, 16; id. Rep. 2, 44:formidinem,
to excite, Tac. H. 3, 10:fortunam magnam (with parare),
Liv. 24, 22, 9:fraudem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 9; Cic. Att. 4, 12:fugam fecerunt, stronger than fugerunt,
Liv. 8, 9, 12 Weissenb.; Sall. J. 53, 3;but: cum fugam in regia fecisset (sc. ceterorum),
Liv. 1, 56, 4; so,fugam facere = fugare,
id. 21, 5, 16; 21, 52, 10:fugam hostium facere,
id. 22, 24, 8; 26, 4, 8 al.:gestum vultu,
Quint. 11, 3, 71:gradum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 61, 249; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 3; Quint. 3, 6, 8:gratiam alicujus rei,
Liv. 3, 56, 4; 8, 34, 3:gratulationem alicui,
Cic. Fam. 11, 18, 3; Sen. Ep. 6:gratum alicui,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 56; Cic. Rep. 1, 21; cf.:gratissimum alicui,
id. Fam. 7, 21 fin.:histrioniam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 152:homicidium,
to commit, Quint. 5, 9, 9:hospitium cum aliquo,
Cic. Balb. 18, 42:imperata,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 3:impetum in hostem,
Cic. Fin. 1, 10, 34; Liv. 25, 11, 2:incursionem,
Liv. 3, 38, 3:indicium,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 57, § 150:inducias,
id. Phil. 8, 7, 20:initium,
to begin, id. Agr. 2, 29, 79; cf.:initia ab aliquo,
id. Rep. 1, 19:injuriam,
id. ib. 3, 14 (opp. accipere); Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 4; Quint. 3, 6, 49; 10, 1, 115:insidias alicui,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:iram,
Quint. 6, 1, 14:jacturam,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Fin. 2, 24, 79; Caes. B. G. 7, 77, 7:judicium,
Cic. Att. 7, 23, 2:judicatum,
to execute, id. Fl. 20, 48:jus alicui,
Liv. 32, 13, 6:jussa,
Ov. F. 1, 379:laetitiam,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:largitiones,
id. Tusc. 3, 20, 48:locum poetarum mendacio,
Curt. 3, 1, 4:locum alicui rei,
Cels. 2, 14 fin.; 7, 4, 3; Curt. 4, 11, 8; Sen. Ep. 91, 13 et saep.:longius,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 22 al.:valde magnum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 7:medicinam alicui,
to administer, id. Fam. 14, 7:memoriam,
Quint. 11, 2, 4:mentionem,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 11, 2:metum,
to excite, Tac. A. 6, 36:turbida lux metum insidiarum faciebat,
suggested, Liv. 10, 33, 5:metum alicui,
id. 9, 41, 11:missum aliquem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 134:modum irae,
Liv. 4, 50, 4:moram,
Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 72:morem alicujus rei sibi,
Liv. 35, 35, 13:motus,
id. 28, 46, 8: multam alicui, Cato ap. Gell. 11, 1, 6:munditias,
id. R. R. 2, 4:mutationem,
Cic. Sest. 12, 27; id. Off. 1, 33, 120:multa alicui,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 16:naufragium,
to suffer, id. Fam. 16, 9, 1:negotium alicui,
to give to do, make trouble for, Quint. 5, 12, 13; Just. 21, 4, 4:nomen alicui,
Liv. 8, 15, 8; cf.nomina,
to incur debts, Cic. Off. 3, 14, 59:odium vitae,
Plin. 20, 18, 76, § 199:officium suum,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 5, 12:omnia amici causa,
Cic. Lael. 10, 35; id. Fam. 5, 11, 2:opinionem alicui,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:orationem,
id. de Or. 1, 14, 63; id. Brut. 8, 30; id. Or. 51, 172:otia alicui,
to grant, Verg. E. 1, 6:pacem,
to conclude, Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109:pecuniam ex aliqua re,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:periculum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 23; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 9; Tac. A. 13, 33; 16, 19; Sall. C. 33, 1: perniciem alicui, to cause, = parare, Tac. H. 2, 70:planum,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:potestatem,
id. Cat. 3, 5, 11; id. Rep. 2, 28:praedam,
Caes. B. G. 4, 34, 5; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 156; Plaut. Poen. 3, 6, 8:praedas ab aliquo,
Nep. Chabr. 2, 2:proelium,
to join, Caes. B. G. 1, 13; Cic. Deiot. 5, 13; Liv. 25, 1, 5; Tac. H. 4, 79; id. A. 12, 40:promissum,
Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95:pudorem,
Liv. 3, 31, 3:ratum,
id. 28, 39, 16:rem,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 12:reum,
to accuse, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38: risum, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 40; 48:scelus,
to commit, Tac. H. 1, 40:securitatem alicui,
Liv. 36, 41, 1:sermonem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:significationem ignibus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33, 3:silentium,
Liv. 24, 7, 12:somnum,
to induce, Juv. 3, 282:spem,
Cic. Att. 3, 16; Liv. 30, 3, 7:spiritus,
id. 30, 11, 3:stercus,
Col. 2, 15:stipendia,
Sall. J. 63, 3; Liv. 3, 27, 1; 5, 7, 5:stomachum alicui,
Cic. Att. 5, 11, 2; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10:suavium alicui,
Plaut. As. 4, 1, 53:suspicionem,
Cic. Fl. 33, 83:taedium alicujus rei,
Liv. 4, 57, 11:terrorem iis,
to inflict, id. 10, 25, 8:timorem,
to excite, id. 6, 28, 8:mihi timorem,
Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 2:totum,
Dig. 28, 5, 35:transitum alicui,
Liv. 26, 25, 3:turbam,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 2:urinam,
Col. 6, 19:usum,
Quint. 10, 3, 28:vadimonium,
Cic. Quint. 18, 57:verbum, verba,
to speak, talk, id. Verr. 2, 4, 65, § 147:verbum,
to invent, id. Fin. 3, 15, 51:versus,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 5:vestigium,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 47: viam [p. 717] sibi, Liv. 3, 5, 6:vim alicui or in aliquem,
id. 38, 24, 4; 3, 5, 5:vires,
to get, acquire, Quint. 10, 3, 3:vitium,
Cic. Top. 3, 15 al. —With ut, ne, quin, or the simple subj.:(γ).faciam, ut ejus diei locique meique semper meminerit,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 20:facere ut remigret domum,
id. Pers. 4, 6, 3; id. Capt. 3, 4, 78; 4, 2, 77:ea, quantum potui, feci, ut essent nota nostris,
Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 8:facito, ut sciam,
id. Att. 2, 4, 4:non potuisti ullo modo facere, ut mihi illam epistolam non mitteres,
id. ib. 11, 21, 1:si facis ut patriae sit idoneus,
Juv. 14, 71:ut nihil ad te dem litterarum facere non possum,
Cic. Ac. 8, 14, 1; for which, with quin:facere non possum, quin ad te mittam,
I cannot forbear sending, id. ib. 12, 27, 2:fecisti, ut ne cui maeror tuus calamitatem afferret,
id. Clu. 60, 168:fac, ne quid aliud cures,
id. Fam. 16, 11, 1:domi assitis, facite,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 53:fac fidele sis fidelis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 79:fac cupidus mei videndi sis,
Cic. Fam. 5, 21, 5:fac cogites,
id. ib. 11, 3, 4.—In pass.:fieri potest, ut recte quis sentiat, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 6: potest fieri, ut iratus dixerit, etc., Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 285:nec fieri possit, ut non statim alienatio facienda sit,
id. Lael. 21, 76; so with ut non, id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190 (Zumpt, Gram. § 539).—With inf. = efficere, curare, to cause (rare):(δ).nulla res magis talis oratores videri facit,
Cic. Brut. 38, 142; Pall. 6, 12:aspectus arborum macrescere facit volucres inclusas,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 3; Sall. Fragm. ap. Sen. Ep. 114:qui nati coram me cernere letum Fecisti,
Verg. A. 2, 539; Ov. H. 17, 174:mel ter infervere facito,
Col. 12, 38, 5 (perh. also in Ov. H. 6, 100, instead of favet, v. Loers. ad h. l.; cf. infra, B. 4.).—Absol.:B.ego plus, quam feci, facere non possum,
Cic. Fam. 11, 14, 3:faciam, ut potero, Laeli,
id. de Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. Rep. 1, 24:noli putare, pigritia me facere, quod non mea manu scribam,
id. Att. 16, 15, 1; so,facere = hoc or id facere,
Lucr. 4, 1112 (cf. Munro ad loc.); 1153: vereor ne a te rursus dissentiam. M. Non facies, Quinte, Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33;so after scribam,
id. Att. 16, 16, 15:nominaverunt,
id. Rep. 2, 28, 50;after disserere: tu mihi videris utrumque facturus,
id. ib. 2, 11, 22;after fingere: ut facit apud Platonem Socrates,
id. ib.:necesse erit uti epilogis, ut in Verrem Cicero fecit,
Quint. 6, 1, 54:qui dicere ac facere doceat,
id. 2, 3, 11:faciant equites,
Juv. 7, 14; Liv. 42, 37, 6:petis ut libellos meos recognoscendos curem. Faciam,
Plin. Ep. 4, 26, 1; 5, 1, 4 et saep. (cf. the use of facio, as neutr., to resume or recall the meaning of another verb, v. II. E. infra; between that use and this no line can be drawn).In partic.1.With a double object, to make a thing into something, to render it something:2.senatum bene firmum firmiorem vestra auctoritate fecistis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:te disertum,
id. ib. 2, 39 fin.:iratum adversario judicem,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 220:heredem filiam,
to appoint, constitute, id. Verr. 2, 1, 43, § 111:aliquem regem,
Just. 9, 6:aliquem ludos,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 75:aliquem absentem rei capitalis reum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 93:animum dubium,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 10, 27:injurias irritas,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 63:vectigalia sibi deteriora,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 4:hi consules facti sunt,
Cic. de Sen. 5, 14:disciplina doctior facta civitas,
id. Rep. 2, 19:di ex hominibus facti,
id. ib. 2, 10; cf.:tua virtute nobis Romanos ex amicis amicissimos fecisti,
Sall. J. 10, 2.—In pass.:quo tibi sumere depositum clavum fierique tribuno?
to become a tribune, Hor. S. 1, 6, 25.—to value, esteem, regard a person or thing in any manner (like the Engl. make, in the phrase to make much of).—Esp. with gen. pretii:3.in quo perspicere posses, quanti te, quanti Pompeium, quem unum ex omnibus facio, ut debeo, plurimi, quanti Brutum facerem,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 2:te quotidie pluris feci,
id. ib. 3, 4, 2:voluptatem virtus minimi facit,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 42:dolorem nihili facere,
to care nothing for, to despise, id. ib. 27, 88:nihili facio scire,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 42:negat se magni facere, utrum, etc.,
Quint. 11, 1, 38:parum id facio,
Sall. J. 85, 31: si illi aliter nos faciant quam aequum sit. Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 43.—With gen., to make a thing the property of a person, subject it to him: omnia, quae mulieris fuerunt, viri fiunt, Cic. Top. 4, 23.—Esp.: facere aliquid dicionis alicujus, to reduce to subjection under a person or power:4.omnem oram Romanae dicionis fecit,
Liv. 21, 60, 3:dicionis alienae facti,
id. 1, 25, 13; 5, 27, 14; cf.: ut munus imperii beneficii sui faceret, to make it ( seem) his own bounty, Just. 13, 4, 9:ne delecto imperatore alio sui muneris rempublicam faceret,
Tac. A. 15, 52.—To represent a thing in any manner, to feign, assert, say. —Constr. with acc. and adj. or part., or with acc. and inf.(α).Acc. and part.:(β).in eo libro, ubi se exeuntem e senatu et cum Pansa colloquentem facit,
id. Brut. 60, 218:Xenophon facit... Socratem disputantem,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 31; cf.:ejus (Socratis) oratio, qua facit eum Plato usum apud judices,
id. Tusc. 1, 40 fin. al.—Acc. and inf.:(γ).qui nuper fecit servo currenti in via decesse populum,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 31:fecerat et fetam procubuisse lupam,
Verg. A. 8, 630; cf. Ov. M. 6, 109, v. Bach ad h. l.:poetae impendere apud inferos saxum Tantalo faciunt,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 35:quem (Herculem) Homerus apud inferos conveniri facit ab Ulixe,
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:Plato construi a deo mundum facit,
id. ib. 1, 8, 19:Plato Isocratem laudari fecit a Socrate,
id. Opt. Gen. 6, 17; id. Brut. 38, 142:M. Cicero dicere facit C. Laelium,
Gell. 17, 5, 1:caput esse faciunt ea, quae perspicua dicunt,
Cic. Fia. 4, 4, 8, v. Madv. ad h. l.—In double construction:5.Polyphemum Homerus cum ariete colloquentem facit ejusque laudare fortunas,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 39 fin. —To make believe, to pretend:6.facio me alias res agere,
Cic. Fam. 15, 18:cum verbis se locupletem faceret,
id. Fl. 20:me unum ex iis feci, qui, etc.,
id. Planc. 27, 65.—Hypothetically in the imper. fac, suppose, assume:7.fac, quaeso, qui ego sum, esse te,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1; cf.:fac potuisse,
id. Phil. 2, 3, 5:fac animos non remanere post mortem,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82; 1, 29, 70:fac velit,
Stat. Ach. 2, 241:fac velle,
Verg. A. 4, 540.—In mercant. lang., to practise, exercise, follow any trade or profession:8.cum mercaturas facerent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72:naviculariam,
id. ib. 2, 5, 18, §46: argentariam,
id. ib. 2, 5, 49, § 155; id. Caecin. 4, 10:topiariam,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 2, § 5:haruspicinam,
id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:praeconium,
id. ib.; so,piraticam,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 5, 11:medicinam,
Phaedr. 1, 14, 2.—In relig. lang., like the Gr. rhezein, to perform or celebrate a religious rite; to offer sacrifice, make an offering, to sacrifice:9.res illum divinas apud eos deos in suo sacrario quotidie facere vidisti,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 8, § 18:sacra pro civibus,
id. Balb. 24, 55:sacrificium publicum,
id. Brut. 14, 56.— Absol.:a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae, cui omnes consules facere necesse est, consulem avellere,
Cic. Mur. 41, 90.—With abl.:cum faciam vitula pro frugibus,
Verg. E. 3, 77:catulo,
Col. 2, 22, 4.— Pass. impers.:cum pro populo fieret,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 3:quibus diis decemviri ex libris ut fieret, ediderunt,
Liv. 37, 3, 5.—In gram., to make, form in inflecting:10.cur aper apri et pater patris faciat?
Quint. 1, 6, 13; so id. 14; 15; 27; cf.:sic genitivus Achilli et Ulixi fecit,
id. 1, 5, 63; 1, 6, 26:eadem (littera) fecit ex duello bellum,
id. 1, 4, 15.—In late Lat., (se) facere aliquo, to betake one's self to any place:11.intra limen sese facit,
App. 5, p. 159, 25;without se: homo meus coepit ad stelas facere,
Petr. 62:ad illum ex Libya Hammon facit,
Tert. Pall. 3.—Peculiar phrases.a.Quid faciam (facias, fiet, etc.), with abl., dat., or (rare) with de, what is to be done with a person or thing? quid hoc homine facias? Cic. Sest. 13, 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 16, § 40:b.nescit quid faciat auro,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 100:quid tu huic homini facias?
Cic. Caecin. 11, 30; cf.:quid enim tibi faciam,
id. Att. 7, 3, 2: quid faceret huic conclusioni, i. e. how should he refute, etc., id. Ac. 2, 30, 96:quid facias illi?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 63:miserunt Delphos consultum quidnam facerent de rebus suis,
Nep. Them. 2: quid fecisti scipione? what have you done with the stick? or, what has become of it? Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 6; cf. id. ib. 5, 4, 9.—In pass.:quid Tulliola mea fiet?
Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 3:quid illo fiet? quid me?
id. Att. 6, 1, 14:quid fiet artibus?
id. Ac. 2, 33, 107:quid mihi fiet?
Ov. A. A. 1, 536:quid de illa fiet fidicina igitur?
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 48: de fratre quid fiet? Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 39.— Absol.:quid faciat Philomela? fugam custodia claudit?
Ov. M. 6, 572:quid facerem? neque servitio me exire licebat, etc.,
Verg. E. 1, 41 al. —Fit, factum est aliquo or aliqua re, it happens to, becomes of a person or thing:(β).volo Erogitare, meo minore quid sit factum filio,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 1, 32:nec quid deinde iis (elephantis) factum sit, auctores explicant,
Plin. 8, 6, 6, § 17:quid eo est argento factum?
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 106.—Hence,Esp., si quid factum sit aliquo, if any thing should happen to one (i. q. si quid acciderit humanitus), euphemistically for if one should die:c.si quid eo factum esset, in quo spem essetis habituri?
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 20, 59; cf.:eum fecisse aiunt, sibi quod faciendum fuit,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 1, 23. —Ut fit, as it usually happens, as is commonly the case:d.praesertim cum, ut fit, fortuito saepe aliquid concluse apteque dicerent,
Cic. Or. 53, 177:queri, ut fit, incipiunt,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:dum se uxor, ut fit, comparat,
id. Mil. 10, 28:fecit statim, ut fit, fastidium copia,
Liv. 3, 1, 7.—Fiat, an expression of assent, so be it! very good! fiat, geratur mos tibi, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 146; id. As. 1, 1, 27; id. Am. 2, 2, 138; id. Most. 4, 3, 44 al.—e. 12.In certain phrases the ellipsis of facere is common, e. g. finem facere:II.Quae cum dixisset, Cotta finem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 40, 94; id. Fin. 4, 1 init. —With nihil aliud quam, quid alium quam, nihil praeterquam, which often = an emphatic Engl. only (but not in Cic.):Tissaphernes nihil aliud quam bellum comparavit,
Nep. Ages. 2:per biduum nihil aliud quam steterunt parati,
Liv. 34, 46; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Aug. 83; Liv. 2, 63; 4, 3; 3, 26.—So with nihil amplius quam, nihil prius quam, nihil minus quam, Liv. 26, 20; 35, 11; Suet. Dom. 3.Neutr.A.With adverbs, to do, deal, or act in any manner:B.recta et vera loquere, sed neque vere neque recte adhuc Fecisti umquam,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7;v. recte under rego: bene fecit Silius, qui transegerit,
Cic. Att. 12, 24, 1:seu recte seu perperam,
to do right or wrong, id. Quint. 8, 31:Dalmatis di male faciant,
id. Fam. 5, 11 fin.:facis amice,
in a friendly manner, id. Lael. 2, 9; cf.:per malitiam,
maliciously, id. Rosc. Com. 7, 21:humaniter,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 1:imperite,
id. Leg. 1, 1, 4:tutius,
Quint. 5, 10, 68:voluit facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10: bene facere, to profit, benefit (opp. male facere, to hurt, injure), Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 25; 5, 7, 19; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 22; id. Capt. 5, 2, 23; v. also under benefacio and benefactum.—Facere cum or ab aliquo, to take part with one, to side with one; and opp. contra (or adversus) aliquem, to take part against one:C.si respondisset, idem sentire et secum facere Sullam,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf.:cum illo consulem facere,
id. Att. 6, 8, 2; and:secum consules facere,
id. Planc. 35, 86:auctoritatem sapientissimorum hominum facere nobiscum,
id. Caecin. 36, 104; cf.:rem et sententiam interdicti mecum facere fatebatur,
id. ib. 28, 79:cum veritas cum hoc faciat,
is on his side, id. Quint. 30, 91:commune est, quod nihilo magis ab adversariis quam a nobis facit,
id. Inv. 1, 48, 90:omnes damnatos, omnes ignominia affectos illac (a or cum Caesare) facere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:quae res in civitate duae plurimum possunt, eae contra nos ambae faciunt in hoc tempore,
id. Quint. 1, 1:neque minus eos cum quibus steterint quam adversus quos fecerint,
Nep. Eum. 8, 2:cum aliquo non male facere,
to be on good terms with, Ov. Am. 3, 762.—In late Lat. facere cum aliqua = vivere cum aliqua, to live in matrimony, to be married, Inscr. Orell. 4646. —D.Ad aliquid, alicui, or absol., to be good or of use for any thing; to be useful, of service:E.chamaeleon facit ad difficultatem urinae,
Plin. 22, 18, 21, § 46; Scrib. Comp. 122:ad talem formam non facit iste locus,
Ov. H. 16, 190; cf. id. ib. 6, 128; id. Am. 1, 2, 16 al.:radix coronopi coeliacis praeclare facit,
Plin. 22, 19, 22, § 48; so with dat., Plin. Val. 2, 1; Prop. 3 (4), 1, 20:facit autem commode ea compositio, quam, etc.,
Col. 7, 5, 7; 8, 17, 13:nec caelum, nec aquae faciunt, nec terra, nec aurae,
do not benefit me, Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 23:mire facit in peroratione confessio,
Quint. 11, 3, 173; 171; cf. with a subject-clause: plurimum facit, totas diligenter [p. 718] nosse causas, id. 6, 4, 8: ad aliquid or alicui signifies also to suit, fit:non faciet capiti dura corona meo,
Prop. 3, 1, 19; cf. Ov. H. 16, 189.—Like the Gr. poiein or dran, and the Engl. to do, instead of another verb (also for esse and pati):F.factum cupio (sc. id esse),
Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 24:factum volo,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 91; id. Most. 3, 2, 104:an Scythes Anacharsis potuit pro nihilo pecuniam ducere, nostrates philosophi facere non potuerunt?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 90:nihil his in locis nisi saxa et montes cogitabam: idque ut facerem, orationibus inducebar tuis,
id. Leg. 2, 1, 2; cf.:Demosthenem, si illa pronuntiare voluisset, ornate splendideque facere potuisse,
id. Off. 1, 1 fin.; and:cur Cassandra furens futura prospiciat, Priamus sapiens hoc idem facere nequeat?
id. Div. 1, 39, 85; so id. Ac. 2, 33, 107; id. Att. 1, 16, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 2; Nep. Chabr. 3, 4; 4, 3 al.:vadem te ad mortem tyranno dabis pro amico, ut Pythagoreus ille Siculo fecit tyranno (here also with the case of the preceding verb),
Cic. Fin. 2, 24 fin. (v. Madv. ad h. l. p. 278):jubeas (eum) miserum esse, libenter quatenus id facit (i. e. miser est),
what he is doing, Hor. S. 1, 1, 64:in hominibus solum existunt: nam bestiae simile quiddam faciunt (i. q. patiuntur or habent),
Cic. Tusc. 4, 14; so,ne facias quod Ummidius quidam (= ne idem experiaris, ne idem tibi eveniat),
Hor. S. 1, 1, 94. —Facere omitted, especially in short sentences expressing a judgment upon conduct, etc.:1.at stulte, qui non modo non censuerit, etc.,
Cic. Off. 3, 27, 101.—Hence,factus, a, um, P. a.A.As adjective ante-class. and very rare:B.factius nihilo facit, sc. id, i. e. nihilo magis effectum reddit,
is no nearer bringing it about, Plaut. Trin. 2, 3, 6; cf. Lorenz ad loc.—Far more freq.,In the neutr. as subst.: factum, i ( gen. plur. factum, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 31, 66 Trag. 81), that which is done, a deed, act, exploit, achievement (syn.: res gestae, facinus).1.In gen.:2.depingere,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 5, 38:facere factum,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 5; id. Mil. 3, 1, 139:dicta et facta,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 19; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 12:opus facto est,
id. Phorm. 4, 5, 4:ecquod hujus factum aut commissum non dicam audacius, sed, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 26, 72: meum factum probari abs te triumpho gaudio, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16, A. 1;14, 9, 2: quod umquam eorum in re publica forte factum exstitit?
id. ib. 8, 14, 2:praeclarum atque divinum,
id. Phil. 2, 44, 114:egregium,
id. Fam. 10, 16, 2; id. Cael. 10, 23:factum per se improbabile,
Quint. 7, 4, 7; 6, 1, 22:illustre,
Nep. Arist. 2, 2; cf.:illustria et gloriosa,
Cic. Fin. 1, 11, 37:forte,
id. Att. 8, 14, 2:dira,
Ov. M. 6, 533:nefanda,
id. H. 14, 16 al.; but also with the adv.:recte ac turpiter factum,
Caes. B. G. 7, 80, 5; cf.:multa huius (Timothei) sunt praeclare facta sed haec maxime illustria,
Nep. Timoth. 1, 2;v. Zumpt, Gram. § 722, 2: dimidium facti, qui coepit, habet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 40:quo facto aut dicto adest opus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 15 et saep.:famam extendere factis,
Verg. A. 10, 468: non hominum video. non ego facta boum, doings, i. e. works, Ov. H. 10, 60.—In partic., bonum factum, like the Gr. agathê tuchê, a good deed, i. e. well done, fortunate (ante-class. and post-Aug.):* 2.bonum factum'st, edicta ut servetis mea,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 16; cf. id. ib. 44; cf.:hoc factum est optimum, ut, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 2, 52:majorum bona facta,
Tac. A. 3, 40; cf. id. ib. 3, 65. —At the commencement of edicts, Suet. Caesar, 80; id. Vit. 14; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 49, 17; Tert. Pudic. 1.—(But in the class. per. factum in this sense is a participle, and is construed with an adv.:bene facta,
Sall. C. 8, 5; id. J. 85, 5; Cic. Tusc. 2, 26, 64:recte, male facta,
id. Off. 2, 18, 62:male facto exigua laus proponitur,
id. Leg. Agr. 2, 2, 5; id. Brut. 43, 322; Quint. 3, 7, 13; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 460).—facteon, a word jestingly formed by Cicero, after the analogy of the Greek, for faciendum: quare, ut opinor, philosophêteon, id quod tu facis, et istos consulatus non flocci facteon, Cic. Att. 1, 16, 13 Orell. N. cr. (for facteon, Ernesti has eateon). -
36 make
meik
1. past tense, past participle - made; verb1) (to create, form or produce: God made the Earth; She makes all her own clothes; He made it out of paper; to make a muddle/mess of the job; to make lunch/coffee; We made an arrangement/agreement/deal/bargain.) hacer, construir, fabricar2) (to compel, force or cause (a person or thing to do something): They made her do it; He made me laugh.) hacer, obligar3) (to cause to be: I made it clear; You've made me very unhappy.) hacer, poner, volver4) (to gain or earn: He makes $100 a week; to make a profit.) ganar, hacer5) ((of numbers etc) to add up to; to amount to: 2 and 2 make(s) 4.) ser, equivaler6) (to become, turn into, or be: He'll make an excellent teacher.) ser, hacer7) (to estimate as: I make the total 483.) calcular8) (to appoint, or choose, as: He was made manager.) nombrar, elegir9) (used with many nouns to give a similar meaning to that of the verb from which the noun is formed: He made several attempts (= attempted several times); They made a left turn (= turned left); He made (= offered) a suggestion/proposal; Have you any comments to make?) hacer
2. noun(a (usually manufacturer's) brand: What make is your new car?) marca- maker- making
- make-believe
- make-over
- makeshift
- make-up
- have the makings of
- in the making
- make a/one's bed
- make believe
- make do
- make for
- make it
- make it up
- make something of something
- make of something
- make something of
- make of
- make out
- make over
- make up
- make up for
- make up one's mind
- make up to
make1 n marcawhat make is your watch? ¿de qué marca es tu reloj? / ¿cuál es la marca de tu reloj?make2 vb1. hacerhave you made your bed? ¿te has hecho la cama?2. fabricar / producir3. sertr[meɪk]1 (brand) marca■ what make of car did you buy? ¿de qué marca es el coche que compraste?1 (produce - gen) hacer; (construct) construir; (manufacture) fabricar; (create) crear; (prepare) preparar■ have you made a list? ¿has hecho una lista?■ she made some sandwiches hizo unos bocadillos, preparó unos bocadillos■ stop making all that noise! ¡dejad de hacer tanto ruido!■ these cakes have been made using the finest ingredients estos pastelitos han sido elaborados con ingredientes de primera calidad2 (carry out, perform) hacer■ may I make a suggestion? ¿puedo hacer una sugerencia?■ we've made arrangements for you to be met at the airport hemos dispuesto que alguien vaya a buscarte al aeropuerto3 (cause to be) hacer, poner, volver4 (force, compel) hacer, obligar; (cause to do) hacer■ what makes you say that? ¿por qué dices eso?5 (be, become) ser, hacer; (cause to be) hacer, convertir en■ she'll make a good singer será buena cantante, tiene madera de cantante6 (earn) ganar, hacer■ she made 1,000 pounds last week ganó 1.000 libras la semana pasada7 (achieve) conseguir, alcanzar; (arrive at, reach) alcanzar, llegar a; (manage to attend) poder (ir)■ we made it! ¡lo conseguimos!9 (calculate, estimate, reckon) calcular■ how much do you make it? ¿a ti cuánto te da?■ what time do you make it? ¿qué hora tienes?10 (total, equal) ser, equivaler a■ that makes the third time you've asked me! ¡es la tercera vez que me lo preguntas!11 (complete, finish off) dar el toque final a, completar; (assure success of) consagrar1 (to be about to) hacer como, hacer ademán de, simular\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto be on the make (for profit) andar tras el dinero, andar intentando sacar tajada 2 (for power) barrer para dentro, barrer para casa 3 (for sex) estar de ligue, andar buscando aventurasto make a fresh start volver a empezarto make a go of something sacar algo adelanteto make a loss perder dineroto make a name for oneself hacerse un nombreto make a note of something apuntar algoto make a profit ganar dineroto make a will hacer su testamentoto make believe hacer ver, imaginarse■ the children made believe they were on a desert island los niños hacían ver que estaban en una isla desiertato make do (with something) arreglárselas (con algo)to make friends hacer amigosto make fun of burlarse deto make it a rule to do something tener como norma hacer algoto make good triunfarto make something good (pay for, replace) pagar 2 (carry out, fulfil) cumplir con 3 (repair) arreglarto make it (be successful) tener éxito, llegar hasta arribato make like hacer ver, fingirto make nothing of something (achieve easily) hacer algo sin ningún problema 2 (treat as trifling) quitar importancia a algoto make or break somebody/something significar la consagración o la ruina de alguien/algoto make sense tener sentidoto make somebody's day alegrarle el día a alguiento make something clear aclarar algo, dejar algo claroto make something known dar a conocer algoto make sure (of something) asegurarse (de algo)to make the best/most of something sacar partido de algoto make the bed hacer la cama1) create: hacerto make noise: hacer ruido2) fashion, manufacture: hacer, fabricarshe made a dress: hizo un vestido3) devise, form: desarrollar, elaborar, formar4) constitute: hacer, constituirmade of stone: hecho de piedra5) prepare: hacer, preparar6) render: hacer, ponerit makes him nervous: lo pone nerviosoto make someone happy: hacer feliz a alguienit made me sad: me dio pena7) perform: hacerto make a gesture: hacer un gesto8) compel: hacer, forzar, obligar9) earn: ganarto make a living: ganarse la vidamake vi1) head: ir, dirigirsewe made for home: nos fuimos a casa2)to make do : arreglárselas3)to make good repay: pagar4)to make good succeed: tener éxitomake nbrand: marca fn.• fabricación s.f.• hechura s.f.• marca s.f.• modelo s.m.expr.• hacer resaltar expr.expr.• hacer resaltar expr.v.(§ p.,p.p.: made) = confeccionar v.• constituir v.• crear v.• fabricar v.• formar v.• hacer v.(§pres: hago, haces...) pret: hic-pp: hechofut/c: har-•)
I
1. meɪk1) (past & past p made) transitive verb2) (create, produce) \<\<paint/cars\>\> hacer*, fabricar*; \<\<dress\>\> hacer*, confeccionar (frml); \<\<meal/cake/sandwich/coffee\>\> hacer*, preparar; \<\<film\>\> hacer*, rodar; \<\<record\>\> grabar; \<\<fire/nest/hole\>\> hacer*; \<\<list/will\>\> hacer*to make a noise — hacer* ruido
made in Spain/Mexico — hecho or fabricado en España/México
made in Argentina/Peru — industria or fabricación argentina/peruana
to make something into something: I'll make this material into a skirt con esta tela me haré una falda; to make something out of/from/of something: she made the dress out of an old sheet se hizo el vestido con/de una sábana vieja; we made another meal from the leftovers hicimos otra comida con las sobras; it's made of wood/plastic es de madera/plástico; don't make an enemy of her — no te la eches encima como enemiga; see also difference 1) b), fuss I, mess I 1), 2)
3)a) ( carry out) \<\<repairs/changes/payment\>\> hacer*, efectuar* (frml); \<\<preparations/arrangements\>\> hacer*; \<\<journey\>\> hacer*make a left (turn) here — (AmE) dobla or gira a la izquierda aquí
b) \<\<remark/announcement\>\> hacer*4) ( cause to be)I'll make you happy/rich — te haré feliz/rica
that made me sad — eso me entristeció or me apenó
the work made me thirsty/sleepy — el trabajo me dio sed/sueño
what makes me angry is... — lo que me da rabia es...
they've made him supervisor — lo han nombrado supervisor, lo han ascendido a supervisor
if nine o'clock is too early, make it later — si las nueve es muy temprano, podemos reunirnos (or encontrarnos etc) más tarde
two large pizzas..., no, make that three — dos pizzas grandes..., no, mire, mejor déme tres
5)a) ( cause to) hacer*whatever made you do it? — ¿por qué lo hiciste?, ¿qué te llevó a hacer eso?
b) ( compel) obligar* a, hacer*she was made to apologize — la obligaron a or la hicieron pedir perdón
c) (in phrases)to make believe: you can't just make believe it never happened no puedes pretender que no sucedió, no puedes hacer como si no hubiera sucedido; to make do (with something), to make something do — arreglárselas con algo
6)a) (constitute, be) ser*b) (equal, amount to) ser*five plus five makes ten — cinco y or más cinco son diez
7) ( calculate)what do you make the total? — ¿(a ti) cuánto te da?
what time do you make it, what do you make the time? — ¿qué hora tienes?
8) ( make fuss)I think you're making too much of what she said — creo que le estás dándo demasiada importancia a lo que dijo
9)a) ( understand)to make something of something: I could make nothing of the message no entendí el mensaje; make of that what you will — tú saca tus propias conclusiones
b) ( think)to make something of somebody/something: what did you make of him? ¿qué te pareció?; I don't know what to make of it — no sé qué pensar
10)a) (gain, earn) \<\<money\>\> hacer*they made a loss/profit — perdieron/ganaron dinero
they made a profit of $20,000 — ganaron or sacaron 20.000 dólares
how much did you make on the deal? — ¿cuánto sacaste or ganaste con el trato?
b) ( acquire) \<\<friends\>\> hacer*I made a few acquaintances there — conocí a or (frml) trabé conocimiento con algunas personas allí
to make a name for oneself — hacerse* un nombre
11) (colloq) (manage to attend, reach)to make it: he'll never make it as a doctor nunca será un buen médico; they made it through to the finals — llegaron a la final
12) ( assure success of)if you go to Harvard, you're made for life — si vas a Harvard, tienes el futuro asegurado
to make or break something/somebody — ser* el éxito o la ruina de algo/alguien
2.
vi1) ( make preliminary move)to make as if o as though to + inf — hacer* ademán de + inf
2) (move, proceed)they made toward the door — se dirigieron hacia la puerta; see also make for
•Phrasal Verbs:- make for- make off- make out- make up
II
1) ( brand) marca fwhat make is it? — ¿de qué marca es?
2)[meɪk] (pt, pp made) When make is part of a set combination, eg make an attempt, make a bow, make a case, make sure, look up the other word.to be on the make — (colloq) ( out for gain) estar* intentando sacar tajada (fam); ( looking for a date) estar* de ligue or (AmS) de levante or (Chi) de pinche (fam)
1. TRANSITIVE VERB1) (=create, prepare) [+ fire, bed, tea, will, remark, plan, suggestion] hacer; [+ dress] hacer, confeccionar; [+ shelter] construir; [+ meal] hacer, preparar; [+ record] grabar; [+ film] rodar; (=manufacture) [+ tool, machine] fabricar, hacer"made in Spain" — [+ tool, machine] "fabricado en España"; [+ dress] "confeccionado en España"; [+ nougat, chocolate] "elaborado en España"
•
they were made for each other — estaban hechos el uno para el otroshow 2., 4)•
it's made of gold — es de oro, está hecho de oro2) (=carry out) [+ journey, effort] hacer; [+ speech] pronunciar; [+ payment] efectuar; [+ error] cometer3) (=earn) ganarhow much do you make? — ¿cuánto ganas?
he makes £350 a week — gana 350 libras a la semana
the deal made him £500 — ganó 500 libras con el negocio, el negocio le reportó 500 libras
4) (=reach, achieve) [+ place] llegar awill we make Paris before lunch? — ¿llegaremos a París antes de la hora de comer?
Lara made a hundred — (Cricket) Lara hizo or se anotó 100 carreras
•
we made it just in time — llegamos justo a tiempocan you make it by 10? — ¿puedes llegar a las 10?
sorry, I can't make it — lo siento, no puedo or no me va bien
do you think he'll make (it to) university? — ¿crees que conseguirá ir a la universidad?
to make it with sb * — (sexually) hacérselo con algn *
•
to make land — (Naut) llegar a tierra•
to make port — (Naut) tomar puerto5) (=say, agree)another beer, please, no, make that two — otra cerveza por favor, no, que sean dos
6) (=cause to succeed)to make or break sth/sb —
sex can make or break a relationship — el sexo es determinante en una relación, el sexo puede afianzar una relación o hacer que fracase
7) (=constitute)he'll make somebody a good husband — va a ser or hará un buen marido para algn
it'll make a (nice) change not to have to cook every day — lo de no tener que cocinar cada día estará muy bien, ¡qué descanso, no tener que cocinar cada día!
•
he'll make a good footballer — será buen futbolista8) (=equal)this one makes 20 — con este son or hacen 20
how much does that make (altogether)? — ¿a cuánto sube (en total)?
8 pints make a gallon — 8 pintas hacen or son un galón
9) (=calculate) calcularwhat do you make the total? — ¿cuánto calculas que es el total?
how many do you make it? — ¿cuántos calculas que hay?
what time do you make it, what do you make the time? — ¿qué hora tienes?
10) (Cards) [+ trick] ganar, hacer; (Bridge) [+ contract] cumplirto make sb sth (=cause to be) to make sb/sth ({+ adjective/past participle}28})to make o.s. heard — hacerse oír
the noise made concentration difficult or made it difficult to concentrate — con ese ruido era difícil concentrarse
ill 1., 1), sick 1., 2), unhappy to make sth/sb into sth convertir algo/a algn en algo to make sb do sth (=cause to do sth) hacer a algn hacer algo; (=force to do sth) hacer a algn hacer algo, obligar a algn a hacer algowhy make things difficult for yourself? — ¿por qué te complicas la vida?
to make sb laugh/cry — hacer reír/llorar a algn
now look what you've made me do! — ¡mira lo que me has hecho hacer!
what made you say that? — ¿cómo se te ocurrió decir eso?, ¿por qué dijiste eso?
what makes you do it? — ¿qué es lo que te lleva a hacerlo?
it makes you think, doesn't it? — da que pensar ¿no?
to make o.s. do sth obligarse a hacer algohe made me apologize to the teacher — me hizo pedir perdón or me obligó a pedir perdón al profesor
to make sth do, make [do] with sth arreglárselas or apañárselas con algo to make good [+ promise] cumplir; [+ accusation] hacer bueno, probar; [+ claim] justificar; [+ loss] compensar; [+ damage] reparar; (=pay) pagar make 2. to make sth of sth (=understand)I have to make myself (do it) — tengo que obligarme (a hacerlo), tengo que hacer un esfuerzo (por hacerlo)
what do you make of Anna? — ¿qué piensas de Anna?, ¿qué te parece Anna?
what do you make of this? — ¿qué te parece esto?
(=give importance to)I can't make anything of this letter — no entiendo nada de lo que pone esta carta, no saco nada en claro de esta carta
issue 1., 1)I think you're making rather too much of what I said — creo que le estás dando demasiada importancia a lo que dije
2.INTRANSITIVE VERB (in set expressions)•
to make after sb — perseguir a algn, correr tras algnhe made as if to strike me — hizo como si me fuera a pegar, hizo ademán de pegarme
3.NOUN (=brand) marca fwhat make of car was it? — ¿qué marca de coche era?
- be on the make- make for- make off- make out- make up* * *
I
1. [meɪk]1) (past & past p made) transitive verb2) (create, produce) \<\<paint/cars\>\> hacer*, fabricar*; \<\<dress\>\> hacer*, confeccionar (frml); \<\<meal/cake/sandwich/coffee\>\> hacer*, preparar; \<\<film\>\> hacer*, rodar; \<\<record\>\> grabar; \<\<fire/nest/hole\>\> hacer*; \<\<list/will\>\> hacer*to make a noise — hacer* ruido
made in Spain/Mexico — hecho or fabricado en España/México
made in Argentina/Peru — industria or fabricación argentina/peruana
to make something into something: I'll make this material into a skirt con esta tela me haré una falda; to make something out of/from/of something: she made the dress out of an old sheet se hizo el vestido con/de una sábana vieja; we made another meal from the leftovers hicimos otra comida con las sobras; it's made of wood/plastic es de madera/plástico; don't make an enemy of her — no te la eches encima como enemiga; see also difference 1) b), fuss I, mess I 1), 2)
3)a) ( carry out) \<\<repairs/changes/payment\>\> hacer*, efectuar* (frml); \<\<preparations/arrangements\>\> hacer*; \<\<journey\>\> hacer*make a left (turn) here — (AmE) dobla or gira a la izquierda aquí
b) \<\<remark/announcement\>\> hacer*4) ( cause to be)I'll make you happy/rich — te haré feliz/rica
that made me sad — eso me entristeció or me apenó
the work made me thirsty/sleepy — el trabajo me dio sed/sueño
what makes me angry is... — lo que me da rabia es...
they've made him supervisor — lo han nombrado supervisor, lo han ascendido a supervisor
if nine o'clock is too early, make it later — si las nueve es muy temprano, podemos reunirnos (or encontrarnos etc) más tarde
two large pizzas..., no, make that three — dos pizzas grandes..., no, mire, mejor déme tres
5)a) ( cause to) hacer*whatever made you do it? — ¿por qué lo hiciste?, ¿qué te llevó a hacer eso?
b) ( compel) obligar* a, hacer*she was made to apologize — la obligaron a or la hicieron pedir perdón
c) (in phrases)to make believe: you can't just make believe it never happened no puedes pretender que no sucedió, no puedes hacer como si no hubiera sucedido; to make do (with something), to make something do — arreglárselas con algo
6)a) (constitute, be) ser*b) (equal, amount to) ser*five plus five makes ten — cinco y or más cinco son diez
7) ( calculate)what do you make the total? — ¿(a ti) cuánto te da?
what time do you make it, what do you make the time? — ¿qué hora tienes?
8) ( make fuss)I think you're making too much of what she said — creo que le estás dándo demasiada importancia a lo que dijo
9)a) ( understand)to make something of something: I could make nothing of the message no entendí el mensaje; make of that what you will — tú saca tus propias conclusiones
b) ( think)to make something of somebody/something: what did you make of him? ¿qué te pareció?; I don't know what to make of it — no sé qué pensar
10)a) (gain, earn) \<\<money\>\> hacer*they made a loss/profit — perdieron/ganaron dinero
they made a profit of $20,000 — ganaron or sacaron 20.000 dólares
how much did you make on the deal? — ¿cuánto sacaste or ganaste con el trato?
b) ( acquire) \<\<friends\>\> hacer*I made a few acquaintances there — conocí a or (frml) trabé conocimiento con algunas personas allí
to make a name for oneself — hacerse* un nombre
11) (colloq) (manage to attend, reach)to make it: he'll never make it as a doctor nunca será un buen médico; they made it through to the finals — llegaron a la final
12) ( assure success of)if you go to Harvard, you're made for life — si vas a Harvard, tienes el futuro asegurado
to make or break something/somebody — ser* el éxito o la ruina de algo/alguien
2.
vi1) ( make preliminary move)to make as if o as though to + inf — hacer* ademán de + inf
2) (move, proceed)they made toward the door — se dirigieron hacia la puerta; see also make for
•Phrasal Verbs:- make for- make off- make out- make up
II
1) ( brand) marca fwhat make is it? — ¿de qué marca es?
2)to be on the make — (colloq) ( out for gain) estar* intentando sacar tajada (fam); ( looking for a date) estar* de ligue or (AmS) de levante or (Chi) de pinche (fam)
-
37 up
(to become covered (as if) with mist: The mirror misted over; The windscreen misted up.) cubrirse, empañarseup1 adv1. arriba2. levantado3.4. más alto / más caroup to / up until hastawhat are you three up to? vosotros tres, ¿qué estáis tramando?to feel up to something sentirse capaz de algo / sentirse con fuerzas para algodo you feel up to going to work? ¿te sientes con fuerzas para ir a trabajar?what's up? ¿qué pasa? / ¿qué ocurre?up2 prep1.2. porup and down de arriba para abajo / de un lado a otrouptr[ʌp]1 (upwards) hacia arriba, arriba2 (out of bed) levantado,-a3 (sun, moon)4 (roadworks) levantado,-a, en obras■ 'Road up' "Carretera en obras"5 (towards) hacia■ he came up and... se acercó y...6 (northwards) hacia el norte7 (totally finished) acabado,-a■ eat it up acábatelo, cómetelo todo8 (into pieces) a trozos, a porciones, a raciones2 (position) en lo alto de1 subir, aumentar\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLit's not up to much familiar no vale gran cosait's up to you familiar es cosa tuyato be on the up and up familiar ir cada vez mejorto be up in arms estar en pie de guerra■ the people are up in arms about the new taxes la gente está en pie de guerra por los nuevos impuestosto be up to something (doing something) estar haciendo algo; (secretively) estar tramando algo 2 (equal to) estar a la altura de algo; (strong enough for) sentirse con fuerzas de hacer algo■ are you up to going to work? ¿te sientes con fuerzas de ir a trabajar?to up and go familiar coger e irseup to hastaup yours! taboo ¡métetelo por el culo!well up in something saber mucho de algowhat's up? familiar ¿qué pasa?ups and downs altibajos nombre masculino pluralincrease: aumentar, subirthey upped the prices: aumentaron los preciosup vito up and : agarrar y famshe up and left: agarró y se fueup adv1) above: arriba, en lo altoup in the mountains: arriba en las montañas2) upwards: hacia arribapush it up: empújalo hacia arribathe sun came up: el sol salióprices went up: los precios subieronto sit up: ponerse derechothey got up late: se levantaron tardeI stayed up all night: pasé toda la noche sin dormirto speak up: hablar más fuertethe climate up north: el clima del norteI'm going up to Canada: voy para Canadáthe book turned up: el libro aparecióshe brought the matter up: mencionó el asunto8) completely: completamenteeat it up: cómetelo todo9) : en pedazoshe tore it up: lo rompió en pedazosthe car pulled up to the curb: el carro paró al borde de la acerathe game was 10 up: empataron a 10up adjthe sun is up: ha salido el solprices are up: los precios han aumentadothe river is up: las aguas están altas3) : despierto, levantadoup all night: despierto toda la noche4) built: construidothe house is up: la casa está construida5) open: abiertothe windows are up: las ventanas están abiertasthe up staircase: la escalera para subir7) abreast: enterado, al día, al corrienteto be up on the news: estar al corriente de las noticias8) prepared: preparadowe were up for the test: estuvimos preparados para el examen9) finished: terminado, acabadotime is up: se ha terminado el tiempo permitidoto be up : pasarwhat's up?: ¿qué pasa?up prep1) (to, toward, or at a higher point of)he went up the stairs: subió la escalerato go up the river: ir río arriba3) along: a lo largo, porup the coast: a lo largo de la costajust up the way: un poco más adelanteup and down the city: por toda la ciudadupadj.• alto, -a adj.• elevado, -a adj.adv.• alto adv.• arriba adv.• hacia arriba adv.interj.• upa interj.n.• prosperidad s.f.• subida s.f.prep.• arriba de prep.
I ʌp1) adverb2)a) ( in upward direction)up a bit... left a bit — un poco más arriba... un poco a la izquierda
up United! — (BrE) arriba el United!
b) ( upstairs)3)a) ( of position) arribaup here/there — aquí/allí arriba
b) (upstairs, on upper floor)c) (raised, pointing upward)with the lid/blinds up — con la tapa levantada/las persianas levantadas or subidas
d) ( removed)I had the floorboards up — había quitado or levantado las tablas del suelo
4)a) ( upright)b) ( out of bed)she's up and about again — (colloq) está dando guerra otra vez (fam)
5)a) (of numbers, volume, intensity)prices are 5% up o up (by) 5% on last month — los precios han aumentado un 5% con respecto al mes pasado
from $25/the age of 11 up — a partir de 25 dólares/de los 11 años
b) (in league, table, hierarchy)6)a) ( in or toward north)b) ( at or to another place)to go up to town — (esp BrE) ir* a la ciudad (or a Londres etc)
7) (in position, erected)is the tent up? — ¿ya han armado la tienda or (AmL) la carpa?
the pictures/shelves are up — los cuadros/estantes están colocados or puestos
8) ( going on) (colloq)what's up with you? — ¿a ti qué te pasa?
what's up? — (what's the matter?) ¿qué pasa?; ( as greeting) (AmE) ¿qué hay? (colloq), ¿qué onda? (AmL arg), ¿qué hubo or quiubo? (Chi, Col, Méx, Ven fam)
9) ( finished)10) ( Sport)a) ( ahead in competition)to be one up on somebody — tener* una ventaja sobre algn
b) ( for each side) (AmE)11) ( under consideration)she will be up before the board/judge — comparecerá ante la junta/el juez
12) (in phrases)a) ( next to) contrab) ( confronted by)to be up against it — estar* contra las cuerdas
13) up and downa) ( vertically)to jump up and down — dar* saltos
b) ( back and forth) de arriba abajoc) ( of mood)14)up for — ( subject to)
the motion up for debate today — la moción que sale hoy a debate or se debate hoy
15)up on — ( knowledgeable) (pred)
how well up are you on what's been happening? — ¿cuánto sabes or qué tan enterado estás de lo que ha estado sucediendo?
16)up till o until — hasta
17) up to18) (as far as, as much as) hastaup to here/now/a certain point — hasta aquí/ahora/cierto punto
19)a) ( equal to)it isn't up to the usual standard — no es del alto nivel al que estamos acostumbrados; come up to b)
b) ( capable of)she's not up to the job — no tiene las condiciones necesarias para el trabajo, no puede con el trabajo (fam)
do you feel up to going out? — ¿te sientes con fuerzas/ánimos (como) para salir?
my spelling is not up to much — (BrE) mi ortografía deja bastante que desear
20) ( depending on)that's entirely up to you — eso, como tú quieras
it's not up to me to decide — no me corresponde a mí decidir, no soy yo quien tiene que decidir
21)to be up to something — (colloq)
I'm sure they're up to something — ( planning) estoy segura de que algo están tramando or algo se traen entre manos; ( doing) estoy segura de que algo (or alguna travesura etc) están haciendo
what have you been up to lately? — ¿en qué has andado últimamente?
II
1)a) ( in upward direction)to go up the stairs/hill — subir la escalera/colina
b) ( at higher level)2)a) ( along)to go/come up the river — ir*/venir* por el río
b) ( further along)it's just up the road — está un poco más allá or adelante
III
1) (before n) ( going upward)2) ( elated) (AmE colloq) (pred)I feel really up at the moment — me siento como en las nubes
IV
1.
- pp- transitive verb (colloq) \<\<price/costs\>\> aumentar, subir; <bid/offer> aumentar, superar
2.
up vito up and go — agarrar or (esp Esp) coger* e irse*
V
[ʌp] When up is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg come up, throw up, walk up, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg the way up, close up, look up the other word.to be on the up and up — (colloq) ( honest) (AmE) \<\<businessman/salesperson\>\> ser* de buena ley, ser* de fiar; ( succeeding) (BrE) \<\<business/company\>\> marchar or ir* cada vez mejor, estar* en alza
1. ADVERB1) (direction) hacia arriba, para arribahe looked up — (towards sky) miró hacia or para arriba
•
to stop halfway up — pararse a mitad de la subida•
to throw sth up in the air — lanzar algo al aire•
he walked/ran up to the house — caminó/corrió hasta la casa2) (position)•
up above (us) we could see a ledge — por encima (de nosotros) or sobre nuestras cabezas podíamos ver una cornisa•
my office is five floors up — mi oficina está en el quinto piso•
higher up — más arriba•
up in the mountains — montaña arriba•
the jug's up there, on the freezer — la jarra está ahí arriba, en el congeladorthe castle's up there, on top of the hill — el castillo está allí arriba, en la cima del monte
3) (in northern place, capital etc)•
how long have you lived up here? — ¿cuánto tiempo llevas viviendo aquí?•
he lives up in Scotland — vive en Escocia•
how long did you live up there? — ¿cuánto tiempo estuviste viviendo allí or allá?•
to go up to London/to university — ir a Londres/a la universidad4) (=standing) de piewhile you're up, can you get me a glass of water? — ya que estás de pie, ¿me puedes traer un vaso de agua?
the ladder was up against the wall — la escalera estaba apoyada en or contra la pared
5) (=out of bed)to be up — (=get up) levantarse; (=be active) estar levantado
what time will you be up — ¿a qué hora te levantarás?
is Peter up yet? — ¿está levantado Peter?
we were still up at midnight — a medianoche seguíamos sin acostarnos, a medianoche todavía estábamos levantados
•
she was up and about at 6 a.m. — lleva en pie desde las 6 de la mañanato be up and about again — [sick person] estar repuesto
•
to be up all night — no acostarse en toda la noche•
get up! — ¡levántate!6) (=raised)with his head up (high) — con la cabeza bien levantada or erguida
the blinds were up — las persianas estaban subidas or levantadas
look, the flag is up! — mira, la bandera está izada
7) (in price, value)•
the interest rate has risen sharply, up from 3% to 5% — los tipos de interés han subido bruscamente del 3% al 5%•
the temperature was up in the forties — la temperatura estaba por encima de los cuarenta•
prices are up on last year — los precios han subido desde el año pasado, del año pasado a este los precios han subido8) (in score)•
she's right up there with the jazz greats — está en la cumbre con los grandes del jazz10) (=built, installed)the new building isn't up yet — el nuevo edificio no está construido todavía, no han levantado el nuevo edificio todavía
we've got the pictures up at last — por fin hemos puesto or colgado los cuadros
11) (=finished) [contract etc] vencido, caducadowhen the period is up — cuando termine el plazo, cuando venza el plazo
time is up, put down your pens — se ha acabado el tiempo, dejen los bolígrafos sobre la mesa
time is up for the people living here, their homes are to be demolished — a la gente que vive aquí le toca marcharse, están derribando sus casas
12) (=and over)•
from £2 up — de 2 libras para arriba13) (=knowledgeable)•
he's well up in or on British politics — está muy al corriente or al día en lo referente a la política británicahow are you up on your military history? — ¿cómo andan tus conocimientos de historia militar?
14) * (=wrong)•
there's something up with him — algo le pasa•
what's up? — ¿qué pasa?what's up with him? — ¿que le pasa?
16) (Jur)to be up before the judge/board — [person] (tener que) comparecer ante el juez/el consejo; [case, matter] verse ante el juez/en el consejo
17) (=risen)•
the river is up — el río ha subido•
the sun is up — ha salido el sol•
the tide is up — la marea está alta18) (Brit) (=under repair)19) (US)(Culin) *two fried eggs, up — un par de huevos fritos boca arriba
20) (=mounted)up againstup (with) Celtic! — ¡arriba el Celtic!
up and running up for sthto be up against sb — tener que habérselas con algn, tener que enfrentarse a algn
most politicians up for reelection know this — (=seeking) la mayoría de los políticos que se presentan a la reelección lo saben
every two years, a third of the Senate comes up for election — cada dos años se renueva una tercera parte del Senado
to be up for sth * — (=ready, willing) tener ganas de algo
up to (=till, as far as) hastaare you up for it? — ¿estás dispuesto?
up to now — hasta ahora, hasta la fecha
up to £10 — hasta 10 libras nada más
we were up to our knees/waist in water — el agua nos llegaba por or hasta las rodillas/la cintura
what page are you up to? — ¿por qué página vas?
to be up to a task — (=capable of) estar a la altura de una tarea, estar en condiciones de realizar una tarea
to be {or}3} feel up to sththey weren't up to running a company — no estaban en condiciones de gestionar una empresa, no estaban a la altura necesaria para gestionar una empresa
including to be up to sth * (=doing)are you (feeling) up to going for a walk? — ¿te sientes con ganas de dar un paseo?
what are you up to? — ¿qué andas haciendo?
what are you up to with that knife? — ¿qué haces con ese cuchillo?
what does he think he's up to? — ¿qué diablos piensa hacer?
to be up to a standard/to much (=equal to)what have you been up to lately? — ¿qué has estado haciendo últimamente?
to be up to sb (=depend on)the book isn't up to much — (Brit) * el libro no vale mucho
I wouldn't do it but it's up to you — yo (que tú) no lo haría, pero allá tú or tú verás
I'd go, but it's up to you — por mí iría, pero depende de ti
if it were or was up to me — si dependiera de mí
2. PREPOSITION1) (=on top of) en lo alto de, arriba de (LAm)he was up a ladder pruning the apple trees — estaba subido a una escalera or en lo alto de una escalera podando los manzanos
to be up a tree — estar en lo alto de or (LAm) arriba de un árbol
2) (=along, towards the top)the heat disappears straight up the chimney — el calor se escapa chimenea arriba, el calor se escapa por lo alto de la chimenea
•
to travel up and down the country — viajar por todo el paíspeople up and down the country are saying... — la gente por todo el país dice...
•
they live further up the road — viven en esta calle pero más arribafurther up the page — en la misma página, más arriba
•
halfway up the stairs — a mitad de la escalera3)• up yours! *** — ¡vete a hacer puñetas! ***
3. NOUN1)the ups and downs that every politician is faced with — los altibajos a que se enfrenta todo político, las vicisitudes a que está sometido todo político
2)• it's on the up and up — (Brit) (=improving) va cada vez mejor; (US) (=above board) está en regla
4. ADJECTIVE1) (Rail) [train, line] ascendente2) (=elated)5. INTRANSITIVE VERB*1) (=jump up)2) emphatic•
she upped and left — (=stood up) se levantó y se marchó, se levantó y se largó *; (=went) fue y se marchó, fue y se largó *6.TRANSITIVE VERB (=raise) † [+ price, offer] subir, aumentar* * *
I [ʌp]1) adverb2)a) ( in upward direction)up a bit... left a bit — un poco más arriba... un poco a la izquierda
up United! — (BrE) arriba el United!
b) ( upstairs)3)a) ( of position) arribaup here/there — aquí/allí arriba
b) (upstairs, on upper floor)c) (raised, pointing upward)with the lid/blinds up — con la tapa levantada/las persianas levantadas or subidas
d) ( removed)I had the floorboards up — había quitado or levantado las tablas del suelo
4)a) ( upright)b) ( out of bed)she's up and about again — (colloq) está dando guerra otra vez (fam)
5)a) (of numbers, volume, intensity)prices are 5% up o up (by) 5% on last month — los precios han aumentado un 5% con respecto al mes pasado
from $25/the age of 11 up — a partir de 25 dólares/de los 11 años
b) (in league, table, hierarchy)6)a) ( in or toward north)b) ( at or to another place)to go up to town — (esp BrE) ir* a la ciudad (or a Londres etc)
7) (in position, erected)is the tent up? — ¿ya han armado la tienda or (AmL) la carpa?
the pictures/shelves are up — los cuadros/estantes están colocados or puestos
8) ( going on) (colloq)what's up with you? — ¿a ti qué te pasa?
what's up? — (what's the matter?) ¿qué pasa?; ( as greeting) (AmE) ¿qué hay? (colloq), ¿qué onda? (AmL arg), ¿qué hubo or quiubo? (Chi, Col, Méx, Ven fam)
9) ( finished)10) ( Sport)a) ( ahead in competition)to be one up on somebody — tener* una ventaja sobre algn
b) ( for each side) (AmE)11) ( under consideration)she will be up before the board/judge — comparecerá ante la junta/el juez
12) (in phrases)a) ( next to) contrab) ( confronted by)to be up against it — estar* contra las cuerdas
13) up and downa) ( vertically)to jump up and down — dar* saltos
b) ( back and forth) de arriba abajoc) ( of mood)14)up for — ( subject to)
the motion up for debate today — la moción que sale hoy a debate or se debate hoy
15)up on — ( knowledgeable) (pred)
how well up are you on what's been happening? — ¿cuánto sabes or qué tan enterado estás de lo que ha estado sucediendo?
16)up till o until — hasta
17) up to18) (as far as, as much as) hastaup to here/now/a certain point — hasta aquí/ahora/cierto punto
19)a) ( equal to)it isn't up to the usual standard — no es del alto nivel al que estamos acostumbrados; come up to b)
b) ( capable of)she's not up to the job — no tiene las condiciones necesarias para el trabajo, no puede con el trabajo (fam)
do you feel up to going out? — ¿te sientes con fuerzas/ánimos (como) para salir?
my spelling is not up to much — (BrE) mi ortografía deja bastante que desear
20) ( depending on)that's entirely up to you — eso, como tú quieras
it's not up to me to decide — no me corresponde a mí decidir, no soy yo quien tiene que decidir
21)to be up to something — (colloq)
I'm sure they're up to something — ( planning) estoy segura de que algo están tramando or algo se traen entre manos; ( doing) estoy segura de que algo (or alguna travesura etc) están haciendo
what have you been up to lately? — ¿en qué has andado últimamente?
II
1)a) ( in upward direction)to go up the stairs/hill — subir la escalera/colina
b) ( at higher level)2)a) ( along)to go/come up the river — ir*/venir* por el río
b) ( further along)it's just up the road — está un poco más allá or adelante
III
1) (before n) ( going upward)2) ( elated) (AmE colloq) (pred)I feel really up at the moment — me siento como en las nubes
IV
1.
- pp- transitive verb (colloq) \<\<price/costs\>\> aumentar, subir; <bid/offer> aumentar, superar
2.
up vito up and go — agarrar or (esp Esp) coger* e irse*
V
to be on the up and up — (colloq) ( honest) (AmE) \<\<businessman/salesperson\>\> ser* de buena ley, ser* de fiar; ( succeeding) (BrE) \<\<business/company\>\> marchar or ir* cada vez mejor, estar* en alza
-
38 on
on
1. preposition1) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) sobre, encima de, en2) (in or into (a vehicle, train etc): We were sitting on the bus; I got on the wrong bus.) en3) (at or during a certain day, time etc: on Monday; On his arrival, he went straight to bed.) a; el, los4) (about: a book on the theatre.) sobre5) (in the state or process of: He's on holiday.) en, de6) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) sobre, en7) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) con, a8) (taking part in: He is on the committee; Which detective is working on this case?) en9) (towards: They marched on the town.) a, hacia10) (near or beside: a shop on the main road.) en11) (by means of: He played a tune on the violin; I spoke to him on the telephone.) por12) (being carried by: The thief had the stolen jewels on him.) con13) (when (something is, or has been, done): On investigation, there proved to be no need to panic.) en14) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) tras
2. adverb1) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) en2) (used to show a continuing state etc, onwards: She kept on asking questions; They moved on.) continuamente, sin parar3) ((also adjective) (of electric light, machines etc) working: The television is on; Turn/Switch the light on.) en marcha, en funcionamiento4) ((also adjective) (of films etc) able to be seen: There's a good film on at the cinema this week.) en exhibición, en cartelera5) ((also adjective) in or into a vehicle, train etc: The bus stopped and we got on.) a bordo
3. adjective1) (in progress: The game was on.) en curso2) (not cancelled: Is the party on tonight?) en pie•- oncoming- ongoing
- onwards
- onward
- be on to someone
- be on to
- on and on
- on time
- on to / onto
on1 adv1. encendido / puesto2. abierto3. puesto4.what time is the programme on? ¿a qué hora dan el programa?5. adelante / sin pararthe policeman told him to stop, but he drove on el policía le dijo que parara, pero siguió adelanteshe saw me, but she just walked on me vio, pero siguió su caminoon2 prep1. en / sobre2. en3.4. enwhat's on at the cinema? ¿qué echan en el cine?5. sobreon the left / on the right a la izquierda / a la derechaon seguido de un gerundio se traduce al español por al más el infinitivoon arriving, she phoned her mother al llegar, llamó a su madreontr[ɒn]1 (covering or touching) sobre, encima de, en2 (supported by, hanging from) en3 (to, towards) a, hacia■ on the right/left a la derecha/izquierda4 (at the edge of) en5 (concerning) sobre■ we went on a journey nos fuimos de viaje, hicimos un viaje7 (days, dates, times) no se traduce8 (at the time of, just after) al10 (as means of transport) a, en■ on foot, on horseback, on a bicycle a pie, a caballo, en bicicleta■ on the train, on the bus, on the underground en el tren, en el autobús, en el metro11 (regarding, about) sobre, de12 (by means of) por■ on the radio, on the TV por la radio, por la tele13 (using) con■ how do you get by on your pension? ¿cómo te las arreglas con tu pensión?14 (state, process) diferentes traducciones15 (working for, belonging to) diferentes traducciones■ whose side are you on? ¿de parte de quién estás?16 (in possession of) con■ have you got any money on you? ¿llevas dinero?17 (paid for by) pagado por■ the drinks are on me! ¡invito yo!18 (by comparison with) respecto a1 (not stopping) sin parar■ on with the show! the show must go on! ¡que siga el espectáculo!3 (clothes - being worn) puesto,-a■ who left the TV on? ¿quién dejó la TV encendida?■ don't leave the tap on! ¡no dejes el grifo abierto!■ could you put a record on? ¿podrías poner un disco?■ is there anything good on TV? ¿dan algo bueno por la tele?■ what time is the film on? ¿a qué hora ponen la película?■ have we got anything on this weekend? ¿tenemos plan para este fin de semana?■ is the heating on? ¿está puesta la calefacción?■ is the party still on? ¿se hace la fiesta?■ the match is on after all después de todo, el partido se celebra■ you're on next! ¡sales tú el próximo!\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLand so on y así sucesivamentefrom that day on a partir de aquel díait's not on no hay derecho, eso no valeon line SMALLCOMPUTING/SMALL conectado,-ato be on about hablar de■ what on earth is he on about? ¿de qué diablos está hablando?to be on at somebody dar la lata a alguiento be on for something apuntarse a algoto go on and on about something seguir dale que dale con algoto have something on somebody tener algo contra alguienyou're on! ¡trato hecho!on ['ɑn, 'ɔn] advput the top on: pon la tapahe has a hat on: lleva un sombrero puestofrom that moment on: a partir de ese momentofarther on: más adelanteturn the light on: prende la luzon adjthe radio is on: el radio está prendidothe game is on: el juego ha comenzado3)to be on to : estar enterado deon prepon the table: en (sobre, encima de) la mesashadows on the wall: sombras en la paredon horseback: a caballo2) at, to: aon the right: a la derecha3) aboard, in: en, aon the plane: en el aviónhe got on the train: subió al trenshe worked on Saturdays: trabajaba los sábadosevery hour on the hour: a la hora en puntohe cut himself on a tin can: se cortó con una latato talk on the telephone: hablar por teléfonoon fire: en llamason the increase: en aumentoon a committee: en una comisiónon vacation: de vacacioneson a diet: a dieta9) about, concerning: sobrea book on insects: un libro sobre insectosreflect on that: reflexiona sobre esoonadj.• conectado, -a adj.• en marcha adj.• encendido, -a adj.adv.• encima adv.prep.• acerca de prep.• conectado (Electricidad) prep.• de prep.• en prep.• encendido (Electricidad) prep.• encima de prep.• sobre prep.
I ɑːn, ɒn1)a) ( indicating position) enput it on the table — ponlo en or sobre la mesa
I live on Acacia Avenue — (esp AmE) vivo en Acacia Avenue
on the right/left — a la derecha/izquierda
b) ( belonging to) dec) ( against)2)a) ( of clothing)b) ( about one's person)on a bicycle/horse — en bicicleta/a caballo
4)a) ( playing instrument) aGeorge Smith on drums — George Smith a la or en la batería
b) (Rad, TV)c) ( recorded on) en5)a) ( using equipment)who's on the computer? — ¿quién está usando la computadora?
you've been on the phone an hour! — hace una hora que estás hablando por teléfono!, hace una hora que estás colgado del teléfono! (fam)
b) ( on duty at) ento be on the door — estar* en la puerta
c) ( contactable via)6) ( a member of)she's on the committee — está en la comisión, es miembro de la comisión
on a team — (AmE) en un equipo
7) ( indicating time)on -ing — al + inf
8) (about, concerning) sobrewhile we're on the subject — a propósito, ya que estamos hablando de esto
9)a) (indicating activity, undertaking)on vacation/safari — de vacaciones/safari
we went on a trip to London — hicimos un viaje a Londres, nos fuimos de viaje a Londres
he's on a diet — está a dieta, está a or de régimen
b) (working on, studying)10) (taking, consuming)11) (talking about income, available funds)she's on £30,000 — (BrE) gana 30.000 libras al año
12) ( according to)13) ( at the expense of)this round's on me — a esta ronda invito yo, esta ronda la pago yo
it's on the house — invita la casa, atención de la casa
14)a) ( in comparison with)b) (in) (AmE)
II
1)a) ( worn)she had a blue dress on — llevaba (puesto) or tenía puesto un vestido azul
with no clothes on — sin ropa, desnudo
let's see what it looks like on — a ver cómo queda puesto; see also have on, put on
b) ( in place)to sew a button on — coser or pegar* un botón
3) ( indicating progression)a) ( in space)further on — un poco más allá or más adelante
go on up; I'll follow in a minute — tú ve subiendo que yo ya voy
b) (in time, activity)c)on and off, off and on: we still see each other on and off todavía nos vemos de vez en cuando; it rained on and off o off and on all week — estuvo lloviendo y parando toda la semana
d)on and on: the film went on and on la película se hizo interminable or (fam) pesadísima; you don't have to go on and on about it! — no hace falta que sigas dale y dale con lo mismo (fam)
4) ( in phrases)a)on about — (BrE colloq)
what's she on about? — ¿de qué está hablando?, pero ¿qué dice?
b)on at — (BrE colloq)
III
1) (pred)a) ( functioning)to be on — \<\<light/TV/radio\>\> estar* encendido, estar* prendido (AmL); \<\<faucet\>\> estar* abierto
the electricity/water isn't on yet — la electricidad/el agua todavía no está conectada
b) ( on duty)we work four hours on, four hours off — trabajamos cuatro horas y tenemos otras cuatro de descanso
which of the doctors is on today? — ¿qué médico está de guardia hoy?
2) (pred)a) ( taking place)there's a lecture on in there — hay or están dando una conferencia allí
while the conference is on — mientras dure el congreso, hasta que termine el congreso
b) ( due to take place)the party's definitely on for Friday — la fiesta es or se hace el viernes seguro
is the wedding still on? — ¿no se ha suspendido la boda?
c) ( being presented)what's on at the Renoir? — (Cin, Rad, Theat, TV) ¿qué dan or (Esp tb) ponen or echan en el Renoir?
is that play still on? — ¿sigue en cartelera la obra?
d) (performing, playing)you're on! — ( Theat) a escena!
he has been on for most of the game — ha estado jugando casi todo el partido; see also bring, come, go on
3)a) (indicating agreement, acceptance) (colloq)you teach me Spanish and I'll teach you French - you're on! — tú me enseñas español y yo te enseño francés - trato hecho! or te tomo la palabra!
b)not on — (esp BrE colloq)
[ɒn] When on is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg have on, get on, go on, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, such as broadside on, further on, look up the other word.the idea of finishing by April was never really on — la idea de terminar para abril nunca fue viable
1. PREP1) (indicating place, position) en, sobre•
on page two — en la página dos•
on all sides — por todas partes, por todos lados•
on a day like this — (en) un día como este•
on the evening of July 2nd — el 2 de julio por la tarde3) (=at the time of)on my arrival — al llegar, a mi llegada
4) (=about, concerning) sobre, acerca dea book on physics — un libro de or sobre física
have you read Purnell on Churchill? — ¿has leído los comentarios de Purnell sobre Churchill?
have you heard the boss on the new tax? — ¿has oído lo que dice el jefe acerca de la nueva contribución?
5) (=towards, against)6) (=earning, receiving)he's on £6,000 a year — gana seis mil libras al año
•
many live on less than that — muchos viven con menos7) (=taking, consuming)live on 1.•
I'm on three pills a day — tomo tres píldoras al día8) (=engaged in)10) (=playing)11) (TV, Rad)12) (=about one's person)13) (=after, according to)14) (=compared to)15) (=at the expense of)this round's on me — esta ronda la pago yo, invito yo
the tour was on the Council — la gira la pagó el Consejo, corrió el Consejo con los gastos de la gira
16) liter17) (phrases)•
on account of — a causa de•
on a charge of murder — acusado de homicidio•
on pain of — so pena debase I, 2., 2)•
on time — a la hora, a tiempo2. ADV1) (=in place) [lid etc] puestoscrew onwhat's she got on? — ¿qué lleva puesto?, ¿cómo va vestida?
from that day on — a partir de aquel día, de aquel día en adelante
•
on and off — de vez en cuando, a intervalos•
it was well on in the evening — estaba ya muy entrada la tardefurther 1., 1), later 1., 2)well on in years — entrado en años, que va para viejo
to go/walk on — seguir adelante
•
he rambled on and on — estuvo dale que dale *, estuvo dale y dale (esp LAm)•
and so on — (=and the rest) y demás; (=etc) etcétera•
on with the show! — ¡que empiece or continúe el espectáculo!on with the dancing girls! — ¡que salgan las bailarinas!
5) (in phrases)•
what are you on about? * — ¿de qué (me) hablas?go on•
he's always on at me about it * — me está majando continuamente con eso *3. ADJ1) (=functioning, in operation)to be on — [engine] estar encendido, estar en marcha; [switch] estar encendido or conectado; [machine] estar encendido or funcionando; [light] estar encendido, estar prendido (LAm); [TV set etc] estar encendido, estar puesto, estar prendido (LAm); [tap] estar abierto; [brake etc] estar puesto, estar echado
in the on position — [tap] abierto, en posición de abierto; (Elec) encendido, puesto, prendido (LAm)
2) (=being performed, shown)what's on at the cinema? — ¿qué ponen en el cine?
what's on at the theatre? — ¿qué dan en el teatro?
"what's on in London" — "cartelera de los espectáculos londinenses"
3) (=taking place)is the meeting still on tonight? — ¿sigue en pie la reunión de esta noche?, ¿se lleva a cabo siempre la reunión de esta noche? (LAm)
4) (=arranged)have you got anything on this evening? — ¿tienes compromiso para esta noche?
sorry, I've got something on tonight — lo siento, esta noche tengo un compromiso
5) (=performing, working)to be on — [actor] estar en escena
are you on next? — ¿te toca a ti la próxima vez?
are you on tomorrow? — (=on duty) ¿trabajas mañana?, ¿estás de turno mañana?
6) * (indicating agreement, acceptance)you're on! — ¡te tomo la palabra!
are you still on for dinner tomorrow night? — ¿sigo contando contigo para cenar mañana?
that's not on — (Brit) eso no se hace, no hay derecho
4.EXCL ¡adelante!* * *
I [ɑːn, ɒn]1)a) ( indicating position) enput it on the table — ponlo en or sobre la mesa
I live on Acacia Avenue — (esp AmE) vivo en Acacia Avenue
on the right/left — a la derecha/izquierda
b) ( belonging to) dec) ( against)2)a) ( of clothing)b) ( about one's person)on a bicycle/horse — en bicicleta/a caballo
4)a) ( playing instrument) aGeorge Smith on drums — George Smith a la or en la batería
b) (Rad, TV)c) ( recorded on) en5)a) ( using equipment)who's on the computer? — ¿quién está usando la computadora?
you've been on the phone an hour! — hace una hora que estás hablando por teléfono!, hace una hora que estás colgado del teléfono! (fam)
b) ( on duty at) ento be on the door — estar* en la puerta
c) ( contactable via)6) ( a member of)she's on the committee — está en la comisión, es miembro de la comisión
on a team — (AmE) en un equipo
7) ( indicating time)on -ing — al + inf
8) (about, concerning) sobrewhile we're on the subject — a propósito, ya que estamos hablando de esto
9)a) (indicating activity, undertaking)on vacation/safari — de vacaciones/safari
we went on a trip to London — hicimos un viaje a Londres, nos fuimos de viaje a Londres
he's on a diet — está a dieta, está a or de régimen
b) (working on, studying)10) (taking, consuming)11) (talking about income, available funds)she's on £30,000 — (BrE) gana 30.000 libras al año
12) ( according to)13) ( at the expense of)this round's on me — a esta ronda invito yo, esta ronda la pago yo
it's on the house — invita la casa, atención de la casa
14)a) ( in comparison with)b) (in) (AmE)
II
1)a) ( worn)she had a blue dress on — llevaba (puesto) or tenía puesto un vestido azul
with no clothes on — sin ropa, desnudo
let's see what it looks like on — a ver cómo queda puesto; see also have on, put on
b) ( in place)to sew a button on — coser or pegar* un botón
3) ( indicating progression)a) ( in space)further on — un poco más allá or más adelante
go on up; I'll follow in a minute — tú ve subiendo que yo ya voy
b) (in time, activity)c)on and off, off and on: we still see each other on and off todavía nos vemos de vez en cuando; it rained on and off o off and on all week — estuvo lloviendo y parando toda la semana
d)on and on: the film went on and on la película se hizo interminable or (fam) pesadísima; you don't have to go on and on about it! — no hace falta que sigas dale y dale con lo mismo (fam)
4) ( in phrases)a)on about — (BrE colloq)
what's she on about? — ¿de qué está hablando?, pero ¿qué dice?
b)on at — (BrE colloq)
III
1) (pred)a) ( functioning)to be on — \<\<light/TV/radio\>\> estar* encendido, estar* prendido (AmL); \<\<faucet\>\> estar* abierto
the electricity/water isn't on yet — la electricidad/el agua todavía no está conectada
b) ( on duty)we work four hours on, four hours off — trabajamos cuatro horas y tenemos otras cuatro de descanso
which of the doctors is on today? — ¿qué médico está de guardia hoy?
2) (pred)a) ( taking place)there's a lecture on in there — hay or están dando una conferencia allí
while the conference is on — mientras dure el congreso, hasta que termine el congreso
b) ( due to take place)the party's definitely on for Friday — la fiesta es or se hace el viernes seguro
is the wedding still on? — ¿no se ha suspendido la boda?
c) ( being presented)what's on at the Renoir? — (Cin, Rad, Theat, TV) ¿qué dan or (Esp tb) ponen or echan en el Renoir?
is that play still on? — ¿sigue en cartelera la obra?
d) (performing, playing)you're on! — ( Theat) a escena!
he has been on for most of the game — ha estado jugando casi todo el partido; see also bring, come, go on
3)a) (indicating agreement, acceptance) (colloq)you teach me Spanish and I'll teach you French - you're on! — tú me enseñas español y yo te enseño francés - trato hecho! or te tomo la palabra!
b)not on — (esp BrE colloq)
-
39 contrast
1.
verb1) (to show marked difference from: His words contrast with his actions.) contrastar (con)2) (to compare so as to show differences: Contrast fresh and frozen vegetables and you'll find the fresh ones taste better.) comparar
2.
noun1) (difference(s) in things or people that are compared: The contrast between their attitudes is very marked.) contraste2) (a thing or person that shows a marked difference (to another): She's a complete contrast to her sister.) ser como el día y la nochecontrast1 n contrasteI like the contrast between the cold ice cream and the hot chocolate sauce me gusta el contraste entre el helado frío y el chocolate calientecontrast2 vb contrastar1 contraste nombre masculino1 contrastar, comparar1 contrastar\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLby contrast / in contrast por contrastein contrast to/with en contraste con, a diferencia deto be a contrast to somebody/something contrastar con alguien/algoto contrast somebody/something with somebody/something comparar alguien/algo con alguien/algocontrast [kən'træst] vidiffer: contrastar, diferircontrast vtcompare: contrastar, compararcontrast ['kɑn.træst] n: contraste mn.• contrabalanza s.f.• contraposición s.f.• contraste s.m.v.• contraponer v.• contrastar v.• oponer v.• poner en contraste v.
I 'kɑːntræst, 'kɒntrɑːst1)a) c ( difference) contraste mb) u (Art, Cin, Phot) contraste m2)a) c (different person, thing)to be a contrast TO somebody/something — contrastar con alguien/algo
b) u c ( comparison) comparación f3) (in phrases)by contrast — (as linker) por contraste, en comparación
in contrast to o with — (as prep) en contraste con, a diferencia de
II
1. kən'træst, kən'trɑːsttransitive verb contrastar, compararto contrast something/somebody WITH something/somebody — comparar algo/a alguien con algo/alguien
2.
via) ( differ) contrastarb) contrasting pres p <opinions/approaches> contrastante, opuesto1.N ['kɒntrɑːst](gen) contraste min contrast to or with — a diferencia de, en contraste con
to form a contrast to or with — contrastar con
2.VT [kǝn'trɑːst]to contrast with — comparar con, contrastar con
3.VI [kǝn'trɑːst]to contrast with — contrastar con, hacer contraste con
* * *
I ['kɑːntræst, 'kɒntrɑːst]1)a) c ( difference) contraste mb) u (Art, Cin, Phot) contraste m2)a) c (different person, thing)to be a contrast TO somebody/something — contrastar con alguien/algo
b) u c ( comparison) comparación f3) (in phrases)by contrast — (as linker) por contraste, en comparación
in contrast to o with — (as prep) en contraste con, a diferencia de
II
1. [kən'træst, kən'trɑːst]transitive verb contrastar, compararto contrast something/somebody WITH something/somebody — comparar algo/a alguien con algo/alguien
2.
via) ( differ) contrastarb) contrasting pres p <opinions/approaches> contrastante, opuesto -
40 screw
skru:
1. noun1) (a type of nail that is driven into something by a firm twisting action: I need four strong screws for fixing the cupboard to the wall.) tornillo2) (an action of twisting a screw etc: He tightened it by giving it another screw.) vuelta
2. verb1) (to fix, or be fixed, with a screw or screws: He screwed the handle to the door; The handle screws on with these screws.) atornillar2) (to fix or remove, or be fixed or removed, with a twisting movement: Make sure that the hook is fully screwed in; He screwed off the lid.) enroscar, apretar3) ((slang, vulgar) to fuck; to have sex (with).) echar un polvo, joder, follar4) ((slang) to cheat or take advantage of: They screwed you - these are not real diamonds.) timar, clavar•- be/get screwed
- have a screw loose
- put the screws on
- screw up
- screw up one's courage
screw1 n tornilloscrew2 vb1. atornillar / sujetar con tornillos2. enroscartr[skrʊː]1 (metal pin) tornillo2 (propeller) hélice nombre femenino3 (turn) vuelta4 slang (prison warder) carcelero,-a6 taboo (sexual act) polvo1 (fasten with screws) atornillar; (tighten) enroscar, apretar2 (crumple) arrugar■ you were well and truly screwed! ¡te han timado de verdad!■ how much did they screw you for? ¿cuánto te clavaron?■ I'll screw you for every penny you've got! ¡te sacaré hasta el último penique!4 taboo (have sex with) joder, follar, tirarse1 (turn, tighten) atornillarse, enroscarse2 (have sex) echar un polvo, joder, follar\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto have a screw loose faltarle un tornillo a unoscrew that! slang ¡a joderse!screw you! slang ¡jódete!, ¡vete a la mierda!to be screwed up (person) tener muchos traumas, estar neurótico,-ato have one's head screwed on tener la cabeza bien sentadato screw up one's courage armarse de valorscrew ['skru:] vt: atornillarscrew vito screw in : atornillarsescrew n1) : tornillo m (para fijar algo)2) twist: vuelta f3) propeller: hélice fn.• husillo s.m.• hélice s.f.• rosca s.f.• tornillo s.m.• turca s.f.v.• atornillar v.• entornillar v.• torcer v.skruː
I
1)a) (Const, Tech) tornillo mto have a screw loose — (colloq & hum)
he's/you've got a screw loose — le/te falta un tornillo (fam & hum)
to put the screws on somebody — apretarle* las tuercas a alguien
b) ( action) (no pl) vuelta f; (before n) <lid, top> de roscac) (Aviat, Naut) hélice f2) ( sexual intercourse) (vulg) (no pl)to have a screw — echar(se) un polvo (fam), coger* (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg), follar (Esp vulg), culear (Andes vulg)
3) ( prison guard) (sl) guardia m, madero m (Esp arg)
II
1.
1)a) (Const, Tech) atornillarscrew the two pieces together — una las dos piezas con un tornillo/con tornillos
b) ( crumple)2)a) (vulg) ( have sex with)to screw somebody — tirarse a alguien (vulg), coger* a alguien (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg), follar a alguien (Esp vulg), culearse a alguien (Andes vulg)
b) (in interj phrases)screw you! — vete a la mierda or (Méx) a la chingada! (vulg), andá a cagar! (RPl vulg)
3) (sl)a) (exploit, cheat) esquilmar, hacer* guaje (Méx fam)she's screwing him for everything she can get — lo está exprimiendo al máximo, le está chupando la sangre
b) ( extort)to screw something OUT OF somebody/something — sacarle* algo a alguien/algo
2.
vi1) ( Const)to screw in/on — atornillarse
2) ( have sex) (vulg) echar(se) un polvo (fam), coger* (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg), follar (Esp vulg), culear (Andes vulg)•Phrasal Verbs:- screw up[skruː]1. N1) tornillo m- put the screws on sb2) (Aer, Naut) hélice f3) ** (=prison officer) carcelero(-a) m / f4) *** (=sexual intercourse) polvo *** m2. VT1) [+ screw] atornillar; [+ nut] apretar; [+ lid] dar vueltas a, enroscar2) *** (=have sex with) joder ***screw the cost, it's got to be done! — (fig) ¡a la porra el gasto, tiene que hacerse!
3) * (=defraud) timar, estafar3.VI *** joder ***, echar un polvo ***, coger (LAm) ***, chingar (Mex) ***4.CPDscrew-top- screw on- screw up* * *[skruː]
I
1)a) (Const, Tech) tornillo mto have a screw loose — (colloq & hum)
he's/you've got a screw loose — le/te falta un tornillo (fam & hum)
to put the screws on somebody — apretarle* las tuercas a alguien
b) ( action) (no pl) vuelta f; (before n) <lid, top> de roscac) (Aviat, Naut) hélice f2) ( sexual intercourse) (vulg) (no pl)to have a screw — echar(se) un polvo (fam), coger* (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg), follar (Esp vulg), culear (Andes vulg)
3) ( prison guard) (sl) guardia m, madero m (Esp arg)
II
1.
1)a) (Const, Tech) atornillarscrew the two pieces together — una las dos piezas con un tornillo/con tornillos
b) ( crumple)2)a) (vulg) ( have sex with)to screw somebody — tirarse a alguien (vulg), coger* a alguien (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg), follar a alguien (Esp vulg), culearse a alguien (Andes vulg)
b) (in interj phrases)screw you! — vete a la mierda or (Méx) a la chingada! (vulg), andá a cagar! (RPl vulg)
3) (sl)a) (exploit, cheat) esquilmar, hacer* guaje (Méx fam)she's screwing him for everything she can get — lo está exprimiendo al máximo, le está chupando la sangre
b) ( extort)to screw something OUT OF somebody/something — sacarle* algo a alguien/algo
2.
vi1) ( Const)to screw in/on — atornillarse
2) ( have sex) (vulg) echar(se) un polvo (fam), coger* (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg), follar (Esp vulg), culear (Andes vulg)•Phrasal Verbs:- screw up
См. также в других словарях:
Verb phrase — In linguistics, a verb phrase or VP is a syntactic structure composed of the predicative elements of a sentence and functions in providing information about the subject of the sentence.VPs in the generative grammar frameworkIn the generative… … Wikipedia
Verb — This article is about the part of speech. For the physical activity program, see VERB (program). For English usage of verbs, see English verbs. Verbs redirects here. For the Christian gospel rapper, see Verbs (rapper). Examples I washed the car… … Wikipedia
Verb argument — In linguistics, a verb argument is a phrase that appears in a syntactic relationship with the verb in a clause. In English, for example, the two most important arguments are the subject and the direct object.[1] Nearly all languages identify… … Wikipedia
Phrasal verb — A phrasal verb is a combination of a verb and a preposition, a verb and an adverb, or a verb with both an adverb and a preposition, any of which are part of the syntax of the sentence, and so are a complete semantic unit. Sentences, however, may… … Wikipedia
List of French words and phrases used by English speakers — Here are some examples of French words and phrases used by English speakers. English contains many words of French origin, such as art, collage, competition, force, machine, police, publicity, role, routine, table, and many other Anglicized… … Wikipedia
List of English words with disputed usage — Some English words are often used in ways that are contentious between writers on usage and prescriptive commentators. The contentious usages are especially common in spoken English. While in some circles the usages below may make the speaker… … Wikipedia
Ilokano verb — Although other word classes in Ilokano are not as morphologically diverse in forms, verbs are about as morphologically complex as the classic Indo European languages of Latin, Ancient Greek or Sanskrit.Ilokano verbs inflect for the completion of… … Wikipedia
English modal verb — English grammar series English grammar Contraction Disputes in English grammar English compound English honorifics English personal pronouns English plural English relative clauses English verbs English irregular verbs English moda … Wikipedia
List of Latin phrases (S) — This page lists direct English translations of Latin phrases, such as veni vidi vici and et cetera. Some of the phrases are themselves translations of Greek phrases, as Greek rhetoric and literature reached its peak centuries before that of… … Wikipedia
List of Latin phrases (N) — This page lists direct English translations of Latin phrases, such as veni vidi vici and et cetera. Some of the phrases are themselves translations of Greek phrases, as Greek rhetoric and literature reached its peak centuries before that of… … Wikipedia
List of Latin phrases (C) — This page lists direct English translations of Latin phrases, such as veni vidi vici and et cetera. Some of the phrases are themselves translations of Greek phrases, as Greek rhetoric and literature reached its peak centuries before that of… … Wikipedia